Pittston Minerals Group

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following Selected Financial Data reflects the results of operations and
financial position of the businesses which comprise Pittston Minerals Group
("Minerals Group") and should be read in connection with the Minerals Group's
financial statements. The financial information of the Minerals Group, Pittston
Brink's Group ("Brink's Group") and Pittston BAX Group ("BAX Group") supplements
the consolidated financial information of The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries
(the "Company") and, taken together, includes all accounts which comprise the
corresponding consolidated financial information of the Company.

FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW



(In thousands, except per share amounts)

                                                    1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
=========================================================================================================
                                                                                     
SALES AND INCOME (LOSS) (a):
Net sales                                        $518,635     630,626      696,513    722,851    794,998
Net income (loss)                                      43       4,228       10,658     14,024    (52,948)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL POSITION (a):
Net property, plant and equipment                $153,785     172,338      170,809    199,344    220,462
Total assets                                      641,464     654,182      706,981    798,609    867,512
Long-term debt, less current maturities           131,772     116,114      124,572    100,791     88,175
Shareholder's equity                              (25,652)    (18,572)     (11,660)    (8,679)    (8,596)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE PITTSTON MINERALS GROUP
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (b), (e):
Basic                                               8,324       8,076        7,897      7,786      7,594
Diluted                                             8,324       8,102        9,884     10,001      7,594
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PITTSTON MINERALS GROUP COMMON
   SHARES OUTSTANDING (b):                          9,186       8,406        8,406      8,406      8,390
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER PITTSTON MINERALS GROUP COMMON SHARE (b), (e):
Net income (loss) (c):
Basic                                            $  (0.42)       0.09         1.14       1.45      (7.50)
Diluted                                             (0.42)       0.09         1.08       1.40      (7.50)
Cash dividends (f)                                    .24         .65          .65        .65        .65
Book value (d)                                      (9.50)      (8.94)       (8.38)     (9.46)    (10.74)
=========================================================================================================


(a) See Management's Discussion and Analysis for a discussion of disposition of
assets, restructuring charges and credits, and litigation accruals and
settlements.

(b) Shares outstanding at the end of the period include shares outstanding under
the Company's Employee Benefits Trust of 766 shares, 232 shares, 424 shares, 594
shares and 723 shares at December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Average shares outstanding do not include these shares.

(c) For the year ended December 31, 1994, diluted net income per share is
considered to be the same as basic since the effect of stock options and the
assumed conversion of preferred stock was antidilutive.

(d) Calculated based on shareholder's equity, excluding amounts attritubable
to preferred stock and on the number of shares outstanding at the end of the
period excluding shares outstanding under the Company's Employee Benefits
Trust.

(e) The net income per share amounts prior to 1997 have been restated, as
required, to comply with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share". For further discussion of net income per share, see
Note 10 to the Minerals Group Financial Statements.

(f) Cash dividends per share reflect a per share dividend of $.1625 declared
in the first quarter of 1998 (based on an annual rate of $.65 per share) and
three per share dividends of $.025 declared in each of the following 1998
quarters (based on an annual rate of $.10 per share).


                                        6










Pittston Minerals Group

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The financial statements of the Pittston Minerals Group (the "Minerals Group")
include the balance sheets, results of operations and cash flows of the Pittston
Coal Company ("Pittston Coal") and Pittston Mineral Ventures ("Mineral
Ventures") operations of The Pittston Company (the "Company"), and a portion of
the Company's corporate assets and liabilities and related transactions which
are not specifically identified with operations of a particular segment. The
Minerals Group's financial statements are prepared using the amounts included in
the Company's consolidated financial statements. Corporate amounts reflected in
these financial statements are determined based upon methods which management
believes to provide a reasonable and equitable estimate of costs, assets and
liabilities attributable to the Minerals Group.

The Company provides to holders of the Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock
("Minerals Stock") separate financial statements, financial reviews,
descriptions of business and other relevant information for the Minerals Group
in addition to consolidated financial information of the Company. Holders of
Minerals Stock are shareholders of the Company, which is responsible for all its
liabilities. Therefore, financial developments affecting the Minerals Group, the
Pittston Brink's Group (the "Brink's Group") or the Pittston BAX Group (the "BAX
Group") that affect the Company's financial condition could therefore affect the
results of operations and financial condition of each of the Groups.
Accordingly, the Company's consolidated financial statements must be read in
connection with the Minerals Group's financial statements.

The following discussion is a summary of the key factors management considers
necessary in reviewing the Minerals Group's results of operations, liquidity and
capital resources. This discussion must be read in conjunction with the
financial statements and related notes of the Minerals Group and the Company.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS




                                          Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                          1998      1997       1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
Net sales:
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                   $495,303    604,140  670,121
   Allied Operations (a)                7,999      8,767    7,272
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                   503,302    612,907  677,393
Mineral Ventures                       15,333     17,719   19,120
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                            $518,635    630,626  696,513
=================================================================
Operating profit (loss):
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                   $ (3,581)     5,274   13,131
   Allied Operations (a)                6,788      6,943    6,903
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                     3,207     12,217   20,034
Mineral Ventures                       (1,031)    (2,070)   1,619
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
   Segment operating profit             2,176     10,147   21,653
   General corporate expense           (8,316)    (5,988)  (6,555)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit (loss)              $ (6,140)     4,159   15,098
=================================================================
Depreciation and amortization
   Pittston Coal                     $ 33,275     35,351   34,632
   Mineral Ventures                     2,735      1,968    1,856
   General corporate                      206        196      136
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total depreciation and amortization  $ 36,216     37,515   36,624
=================================================================
Cash capital expenditures
   Pittston Coal                      $20,564     22,423   19,108
   Mineral Ventures                     3,418      3,919    2,683
   General corporate                      180         92    1,784
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total cash capital expenditures      $ 24,162     26,434   23,575
=================================================================

(a) Primarily consists of timber and natural gas operations.

The Minerals Group is primarily engaged in the mining, preparation and marketing
of coal, the purchase of coal for resale, the sale or leasing of coal lands to
others ("Coal Operations") and has interests in the timber and natural gas
businesses ("Allied Operations") through Pittston Coal. The Minerals Group also
explores for and acquires mineral assets, primarily gold, through its Mineral
Ventures operations.

                                        7










The Minerals Group reported net income of $43 thousand in 1998 as compared to
$4.2 million in 1997. Net sales during 1998 decreased $112.0 million (18%)
compared to 1997. The operating loss in 1998 totaled $6.1 million as compared to
operating profit of $4.2 million reported in 1997. In 1998 and 1997,
respectively, the Minerals Group's operating results benefited from a $1.5
million and a $3.1 million reversal of restructuring liabilities.

In 1997, the Minerals Group reported net income of $4.2 million, compared to
$10.7 million in 1996. Net sales during 1997 decreased $65.9 million (9%)
compared to 1996. Operating profit totaled $4.2 million in 1997 as compared to
$15.1 million in 1996. In 1997, the Minerals Group's operating profit and net
income benefited from the aforementioned reversal of restructuring liabilities.
In 1996, the Minerals Group's operating profit and net income included three
significant items: a $35.7 million benefit from the settlement of the Evergreen
lawsuit at an amount lower than previously accrued ($23.2 million after-tax); a
$29.9 million charge related to the adoption of a new accounting standard
regarding the impairment of long-lived assets ($19.5 million after-tax); and an
$11.7 million benefit from the reversal of excess restructuring liabilities
($7.6 million after-tax).


PITTSTON COAL

Net sales for Pittston Coal totaled $503.3 million in 1998 as compared to $612.9
million in 1997. The decrease of $109.6 million was due to lower Coal Operations
sales volume. Pittston Coal reported an operating profit of $3.2 million in
1998, which was $9.0 million lower than the $12.2 million reported in 1997. The
decrease in operating profit was primarily due to a decrease in coal margin
along with higher idle mine costs, partially offset by net gains on the sale of
certain coal assets.



The following is a table of selected financial data for Coal Operations on a
comparative basis:




                                          Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                           1998      1997      1996
=================================================================
                                                      
Coal margin                             $34,970   45,482   35,367
Other operating income                   13,740    5,214    7,798
Restructuring and other credits
   and charges                            1,479    3,104   20,987
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Margin and other income                  50,189   53,800   64,152
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Idle equipment and closed mines           7,078    2,309    1,044
Inactive employee cost                   27,808   27,419   26,300
Selling, general and administrative      18,884   18,798   23,677
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total other costs and expenses           53,770   48,526   51,021
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total Coal Operations operating
   profit (loss)                        $(3,581)   5,274   13,131
=================================================================
Coal sales (tons):
   Metallurgical                          7,019    7,655    8,124
   Steam                                  9,718   12,813   14,847
=================================================================
Total coal sales                         16,737   20,468   22,971
=================================================================
Production/purchased (tons):
   Deep                                   5,332    4,975    3,930
   Surface                                6,689   10,238   11,151
   Contract                                 831    1,433    1,621
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                         12,852   16,646   16,702
Purchased                                 3,536    4,075    5,762
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    16,388   20,721   22,464
=================================================================
Coal margin per ton:
   Realization                          $ 29.59    29.52    29.17
   Current production costs               27.50    27.29    27.63
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Coal margin                             $  2.09     2.23     1.54
=================================================================



Coal Operations sales decreased $108.8 million in 1998 from 1997. Sales volume
in 1998 was 3.7 million tons less than the 20.5 million tons sold in 1997.
Compared to 1997, steam coal sales in 1998 decreased by 3.1 million tons (24%),
to 9.7 million tons and metallurgical coal sales declined by 0.6 million tons
(8%), to 7.0 million tons. The steam sales reduction was due primarily to
reduced production at the Elkay mine and the subsequent sale of certain Elkay
assets discussed below. Steam coal sales represented 58% of total volume in 1998
and 63% in 1997.

                                           8










For 1998, Coal Operations generated an operating loss of $3.6 million as
compared to an operating profit of $5.3 million in 1997. The lower results were
primarily due to a $10.5 million decrease in total coal margin, offset by a net
gain on the sale of certain coal assets ($3.2 million, discussed below), and a
gain on litigation settlement ($2.6 million.) In addition, idle and closed mine
costs increased $4.8 million during the year.

Total coal margin decreased due to lower sales volume combined with a decrease
in coal margin per ton. Coal margin per ton decreased to $2.09 per ton in 1998
from $2.23 per ton for 1997. This overall change during the year was due to a
decrease in the metallurgical coal margins, amplified by a change in the sales
and production mix created by the sale of certain Elkay assets. Metallurgical
coal margins were negatively impacted in 1998 by lower realizations per ton
primarily resulting from lower negotiated pricing with metallurgical customers.
Despite the decreases in metallurgical coal realization per ton, overall
realization per ton increased as a greater proportion of coal sales came from
metallurgical coal which generally has a higher realization per ton than steam
coal. Overall, current production cost per ton of coal sold increased primarily
due to a correspondingly higher proportion of deep mine production which is
generally more costly. Metallurgical sales in 1999 are expected to be lower than
those of 1998, primarily as a result of the disadvantage caused by the relative
strength of the US dollar versus currencies of other metallurgical coal
producing countries, especially in Asia. In addition, this currency disadvantage
is expected to negatively impact 1999 contract negotiations which typically
occur every April.

Production in 1998 decreased 3.8 million tons over 1997 due to the
aforementioned sale of certain Elkay assets, while purchased coal declined from
4.1 million tons in 1997 to 3.5 million tons during the year. Surface production
accounted for 53% and 63% of total production in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Idle and closed mine costs increased $4.8 million during the year. Of this
increase, approximately $2.0 million relates to inventory write-downs resulting
from the sale of certain coal assets discussed in detail below. This amount is
included in the $3.2 million net gain discussed above. The remaining $2.8
million of the increase in idle and closed mine costs relates to the recording
of additional reclamation reserves during 1998 which were needed for existing
idle or closed facilities.

During 1998, Coal Operations continued its program of disposing of idle and
under-performing assets in order to improve overall returns, generate cash and
reduce its reclamation activities. In connection with this, Coal Operations
disposed of certain assets and properties during the year that resulted in a net
pre-tax gain of $3.2 million. The first sale occurred in the second quarter of
1998 and included a surface steam mine, coal supply contracts and limited coal
reserves, of its Elkay mining operation in West Virginia. The referenced mine
produced approximately one million tons of steam coal in 1998 prior to cessation
of operations in April 1998. Total cash proceeds from the sale approximated $18
million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of approximately $2.2 million. This loss
includes approximately $2.0 million of inventory write-downs (included in cost
of sales) related to coal which can no longer be blended with other coals
produced from these disposed assets. In addition, during the third quarter of
1998, Coal Operations sold two idle coal properties in West Virginia and a
loading dock in Kentucky for a pre-tax gain totaling $5.4 million.

Inactive employee costs primarily represent long-term employee liabilities for
pension and retiree medical costs. Coal Operations anticipates that costs
related to certain of these long-term benefit obligations will significantly
increase in 1999 due to reductions in the amortization of actuarial gains, a
decrease in discount rates and higher premiums for the Coal Industry Retiree
Health Benefit Act of 1992. In addition, worsening financial conditions at a
metallurgical customer of Pittston Coal may result in additional provisions for
bad debt expense in the first half of 1999.

Revenues and operating profit from the Allied Operations decreased $0.8 million
and $0.2 million, respectively, to $8.0 million and $6.8 million in 1998.

Net sales for Pittston Coal totaled $612.9 million in 1997 as compared to $677.4
million in 1996. The decrease of $64.5 million is primarily due to a lower level
of Coal Operations sales volume. Pittston Coal reported an operating profit of
$12.2 million in 1997, which was $7.8 million lower than the $20.0 million
reported in 1996. The decrease in operating profit was primarily due to the
inclusion in 1996 of the previously mentioned three significant items. Excluding
the effect of these amounts and the restructuring reversal in 1997, operating
profit would have increased $6.6 million due primarily to increases in coal
margin.

Coal Operations sales decreased $66.0 million in 1997 from 1996. Sales volume of
20.5 million tons in 1997 was 2.5 million tons less than the 23.0 million tons
sold in 1996. Compared to 1996, steam coal sales in 1997 decreased by 2.0
million tons (14%), to 12.8 million tons and metallurgical coal sales declined
by 0.5 million tons (6%), to 7.7 million tons. The steam sales reduction was due
to the expiration of certain long-term contracts coupled with reduced spot
sales. Steam coal sales represented 63% of total volume in 1997 and 65% in 1996.


                                        9










For 1997, Coal Operations generated an operating profit of $5.3 million as
compared to an operating profit of $13.1 million in 1996. Operating results for
Coal Operations in 1997 included a $3.1 million benefit from the reversal of
restructuring liabilities. Operating results for Coal Operations in 1996
included a benefit of $35.7 million from the settlement of the Evergreen case at
an amount lower than previously accrued in 1993 and a benefit from excess
restructuring liabilities of $11.7 million. These 1996 benefits were offset, in
part, by a $29.9 million charge related to the adoption of a new accounting
standard regarding the impairment of long-lived assets. The charge is included
in cost of sales ($26.3 million) and selling, general and administrative
expenses ($3.6 million). All three of these items are discussed in greater
detail below. In addition, Coal Operations operating results in 1996 also
included a one-time benefit of $3.0 million from a litigation settlement.

For 1997, coal margin, excluding the effects of the above items, was $45.5
million, an increase of $10.1 million over 1996. Coal margin per ton increased
to $2.23 per ton in 1997 from $1.54 per ton for 1996, due to a combination of a
$0.35 per ton increase in realization and a $0.34 per ton decrease in the
current production cost of coal sold. The increase in average realization per
ton was due to an increase in steam realization as the majority of steam coal
production is sold under long-term contracts containing price escalation
provisions. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in the
metallurgical coal realization due to lower average price settlements with
metallurgical customers.

The current production cost of coal sold for 1997 was $27.29 per ton as compared
with $27.63 per ton for 1996. Production costs in 1997 were favorably impacted
by lower surface mine costs per ton partially offset by higher per ton deep mine
costs. In addition, 1997 production costs benefited from decreases in employee
benefit and reclamation liabilities. Production for 1997 totaled 16.6 million
tons, consistent with 1996 production of 16.7 million tons. Surface production
accounted for 63% and 68% of the total volume in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Revenues from the Allied Operations increased $1.5 million to $8.8 million
during 1997 while operating profit remained unchanged at $6.9 million. The
increase in revenues was due to changes in natural gas prices.

As earlier reported, Coal Operations had begun to develop a major underground
metallurgical coal mine on company-owned reserves in Virginia. Due to the
previously discussed uncertainty in the metallurgical export market, the
development of this mine has been delayed.

A controversy related to a method of mining called "mountaintop removal" that
begin in mid-1998 in West Virginia involving an unrelated party has resulted
in a suspension in the issuance of several mining permits. Due to the broadness
of the suspension, there has been a delay in Vandalia Resources,
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pittston Coal, being issued in a timely
fashion a mine permit necessary for its uninterrupted mining. Vandalia Resources
is actively pursuing the issuance of the permit, but the time frame of when, or
if, the permit will be issued is currently unknown. In light of the inability to
determine when, and if a permit will be issued, the effect of the delay in
obtaining this permit cannot be predicted. During the year ended December 31,
1998, mining operations which are pursuing this permit produced approximately
2.7 million tons of coal resulting in revenues of approximately $81.8 million.

At December 31, 1998, Pittston Coal had a liability of $25.2 million for various
restructuring costs which was recorded as restructuring and other charges in the
Statement of Operations in years prior to 1995. Although coal production has
ceased at the mines remaining in the accrual, Pittston Coal will incur
reclamation and environmental costs for several years to bring these properties
into compliance with federal and state environmental laws. However, management
believes that the reserve, as adjusted, at December 31, 1998, should be
sufficient to provide for these future costs. Management does not anticipate
material additional future charges for these facilities, although continual cash
funding will be required over the next several years.

The initiation, in 1996, of a state tax credit for coal produced in Virginia,
along with favorable labor negotiations and improved metallurgical market
conditions for medium volatile coal, led management to continue operating an
underground mine and a related coal preparation and loading facility previously
included in the restructuring reserve. As a result of these decisions, Pittston
Coal reversed $11.7 million of the reserve in 1996. As a result of favorable
workers' compensation claim developments, Pittston Coal reversed $1.5 million
and $3.1 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively. The 1996 reversal included $4.8
million related to estimated mine and plant closures, primarily reclamation, and
$6.9 million in employee severance and other benefit costs.


                                       10










The following table analyzes the changes in liabilities during the last three
years for restructuring and other charges:



                                                          Employee
                                              Mine    Termination,
                             Leased            and         Medical
                          Machinery          Plant             and
                                and        Closure       Severance
(In thousands)             Equipment         Costs           Costs         Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
Balance December 31, 1995     $1,218         28,983         36,077        66,278
Reversals                         --          4,778          6,871        11,649
Payments (a)                     842          5,499          3,921        10,262
Other reductions (b)              --          6,267             --         6,267
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1996        376         12,439         25,285        38,100
Reversals                         --             --          3,104         3,104
Payments (c)                     376          1,764          2,010         4,150
Other                             --            468           (468)           --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1997         --         11,143         19,703        30,846
Reversals                         --             --          1,479         1,479
Payments (d)                      --          1,238          1,917         3,155
Other reductions (b)              --            999             --           999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1998     $   --          8,906         16,307        25,213
================================================================================


(a) Of the total payments made in 1996, $5,119 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $485 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $4,658 was
for liabilities recorded in 1994.

(b) These amounts represent the assumption of liabilities by third parties as a
result of sales transactions.

(c) Of the total payments made in 1997, $3,053 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $125 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $972 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

(d) Of the total payments made in 1998, $2,491 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $10 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $654 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

During the next twelve months, expected cash funding of these charges will be
approximately $3.0 million to $5.0 million. The liability for mine and plant
closure costs is expected to be satisfied over the next eight years, of which
approximately 34% is expected to be paid over the next two years. The liability
for workers' compensation is estimated to be 42% settled over the next four
years with the balance paid during the following five to eight years.

In October 1992, the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992 (the
"Health Benefit Act") was enacted as part of the Energy Policy Act of 1992. The
Health Benefit Act established rules for the payment of future health care
benefits for thousands of retired union mine workers and their dependents. The
Health Benefit Act established a trust fund to which "signatory operators" and
"related persons", including the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
(collectively, the "Pittston Companies"), are jointly and severally liable for
annual premiums for assigned beneficiaries, together with a pro rata share for
certain beneficiaries who never worked for such employers ("unassigned
beneficiaries"), in amounts determined on the basis set forth in the Health
Benefit Act. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, these amounts, on a pretax basis, were
approximately $9.6 million, $9.3 million and $10.4 million, respectively. The
Company currently estimates that the annual cash funding under the Health
Benefit Act for the Pittston Companies' assigned beneficiaries will continue at
approximately $10 million per year for the next several years and should begin
to decline thereafter as the number of such assigned beneficiaries decreases.

As a result of legal developments in 1998 involving the Health Benefit Act, the
Company experienced an increase in its assessments under the Health Benefit Act
for the twelve month period beginning October 1, 1998, approximately $1.7
million, $1.1 million of which relates to retroactive assessments for years
prior to 1998. This increase consists of charges for death benefits which are
provided for by the Health Benefit Act, but which previously have been covered
by other funding sources. As with all the Company's Health Benefit Act
assessments, this amount is to be paid in 12 equal monthly installments over the
plan year beginning October 1, 1998. The Company is unable to determine at this
time whether any other additional amounts will apply in future plan years.

Based on the number of beneficiaries actually assigned by the Social Security
Administration, the Company estimates the aggregate pretax liability relating to
the Pittston Companies' beneficiaries remaining at December 31, 1998 at
approximately $216 million, which when discounted at 7.0% provides a present
value estimate of approximately $99 million. The Company accounts for its
obligations under the Health Benefit Act as a participant in a multi-employer
plan and the annual cost is recognized on a pay-as-you-go basis.

In addition, under the Health Benefit Act, the Pittston Companies are jointly
and severally liable for certain post-retirement health benefits for thousands
of retired union mine workers and their dependents. Substantially all of the
Minerals Group's accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December
31, 1998 for retirees of $280.6 million relates to such retired workers and
their beneficiaries.

The ultimate obligation that will be incurred by the Company could be
significantly affected by, among other things, increased medical costs,
decreased number of beneficiaries, governmental funding arrangements and such
federal health benefit legislation of general application as may be enacted. In
addition, the Health

                                       11










Benefit Act requires the Pittston Companies to fund, pro rata according to the
total number of assigned beneficiaries, a portion of health benefits for
unassigned beneficiaries. At this time, the funding for such health benefits is
being provided from another source and for this and other reasons the Pittston
Companies' ultimate obligation for the unassigned beneficiaries cannot be
determined.

In 1988, the trustees of the 1950 Benefit Trust Fund and the 1974 Pension
Benefit Trust Funds (the "Trust Funds") established under collective bargaining
agreements with the UMWA brought an action (the "Evergreen Case") against the
Company and a number of its coal subsidiaries in the United States District
Court for the District of Columbia, claiming that the defendants are obligated
to contribute to such Trust Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1988
and subsequent National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements, to which neither the
Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a signatory. In 1993, the Minerals Group
recognized in their financial statements the potential liability that might have
resulted from an ultimate adverse judgment in the Evergreen Case.

In late March 1996, a settlement was reached in the Evergreen Case. Under the
terms of the settlement the coal subsidiaries which had been signatories to
earlier National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements agreed to make various lump sum
payments in full satisfaction of all amounts allegedly due to the Trust Funds
through January 31, 1996, to be paid over time as follows: approximately $25.8
million upon dismissal of the Evergreen Case and the remainder of $24.0 million
in installments of $7.0 million in 1996 and $8.5 million in each of 1997 and
1998. The first payment was entirely funded through an escrow account previously
established by the Company. The second, third and fourth (last) payments of $7.0
million and $8.5 million were paid according to schedule and were funded by cash
flows from operating activities. In addition, the coal subsidiaries agreed to
future participation in the UMWA 1974 Pension Plan. As a result of the
settlement of the Evergreen Case at an amount lower than those previously
accrued, the Minerals Group recorded a benefit of approximately $35.7 million
($23.2 million after-tax) in the first quarter of 1996 in its financial
statements.

In 1996, the Minerals Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of". SFAS No. 121 requires companies to review
assets for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
for an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 resulted in a pre-tax charge
to 1996 earnings for Pittston Coal of $29.9 million ($19.5 million after-tax),
of which $26.3 million was included in cost of sales and $3.6 million was
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Assets for which the
impairment loss was recognized consisted of property, plant and equipment,
advanced royalties and goodwill.

These assets primarily related to mines scheduled for closure in the near term
and idled facilities and related equipment. No material charges were incurred in
1997 or 1998.

The coal operating companies included within Pittston Coal are generally liable
under federal laws requiring payment of benefits to coal miners with
pneumoconiosis ("black lung"). The Black Lung Benefits Revenue Act of 1977 and
the Black Lung Benefits Reform Act of 1977 (the "1977 Act"), as amended by the
Black Lung Benefits and Revenue Amendments Act of 1981 (the "1981 Act"),
expanded the benefits for black lung disease and levied a tax on coal production
of $1.10 per ton for deep-mined coal and $0.55 per ton for surface-mined coal,
but not to exceed 4.4% of the sales price. In addition, the 1981 Act provides
that certain claims for which coal operators had previously been responsible
will be obligations of the government trust funded by the tax. The 1981 Act also
tightened standards set by the 1977 Act for establishing and maintaining
eligibility for benefits. The Revenue Act of 1987 extended the termination date
of the tax from January 1, 1996 to the earlier of January 1, 2014 or the date on
which the government trust becomes solvent. The Company cannot predict whether
any future legislation effecting changes in the tax will be enacted. A number of
the subsidiaries of the Company filed a civil action in the United States
District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia asking the Court to find
that the assessment of the black lung tax on coal the Company subsidiaries sold
to foreign customers for the first quarter of 1997 was unconstitutional. On
December 28, 1998, the District Court found the black lung tax, as assessed
against foreign coal sales, to be unconstitutional and entered judgment for the
Company's subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $0.7 million. The Company will
seek a refund of the black lung tax it paid on any of its foreign coal sales for
periods as far back as applicable statute limitations will permit. The ultimate
amounts and timing of such refunds, if any, cannot be determined at the present
time.

MINERAL VENTURES

The following is a table of selected financial data for Mineral Ventures on a
comparative basis:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                         1998     1997     1996
================================================================================
                                                                   
Stawell Gold Mine:
Mineral Ventures' 50% direct share:
   Ounces sold                                         46,281   42,024   45,957
   Ounces produced                                     46,749   42,301   45,443
Average per ounce sold (US$):
   Realization (a)                                    $   330      422      415
   Cash cost                                              212      302      287
================================================================================

(a) 1997 includes proceeds from the liquidation of a gold forward sale hedge
position in July 1997. The proceeds from this liquidation were fully recognized
by December 31, 1997.

Mineral Ventures primarily consists of a 50% direct interest in the Stawell gold
mine ("Stawell") in Western Victoria, Australia. The remaining 50% interest in
Stawell is owned by Mining

                                       12










Project Investors ("MPI"). In addition, Mineral Ventures has a 51.5% ownership
interest in its joint venture partner MPI. Mineral Ventures increased its
ownership in MPI during 1998 from 34.1% to 51.5% (45% on a fully diluted basis)
as a result of a sale by MPI of its 50% interest in the Black Swan Nickel Joint
Venture (including the Silver Swan Mine). The sale of the venture was to one of
its shareholders, Outokumpu, for a combination of cash and Outokumpu's share
holding in MPI. Mineral Ventures share of MPI's gain on this transaction was
$1.3 million.

Mineral Ventures generated net sales during 1998 of $15.3 million, a 13%
decrease from the $17.7 million reported in 1997. The operating loss of $1.0
million in 1998 represents an improvement from the $2.1 million operating loss
of 1997.

The decrease in net sales during 1998 was due to a decrease in gold realization
per ounce of $92 (22%) which was caused by declining gold prices in the market.
This trend was partially offset by higher levels of gold ounces sold which
increased from 42.0 thousand ounces to 46.3 thousand ounces in 1998. Operating
profit during the same period was negatively impacted by lower sales level, but
benefited from reduced production costs. The cash cost per ounce of gold sold
decreased from $302 to $212. In addition, production costs were lower in 1998
due to a weaker Australian dollar, while costs in 1997 were negatively impacted
by unfavorable ground conditions and by the collapse of a new ventilation shaft.
In addition, operating results in 1998 benefited from the aforementioned gain on
the sale of certain nickel operations.

Net sales during 1997 were $17.7 million, a decrease of $1.4 million (7%) from
the $19.1 million reported in 1996. The operating loss of $2.1 million in 1997
represents a $3.7 million decrease from the $1.6 million operating profit earned
in 1996.

The decrease in net sales during 1997 was due to lower gold sales as the ounces
of gold sold decreased 9% from 46.0 thousand ounces to 42.0 thousand ounces.
This was partially offset by improvements in gold prices which increased $7 per
ounce to $422 in 1997 from $415 in 1996. The reduction in operating profit
during 1997 was due to lower sales levels combined with increases in production
and other operating costs. The cash cost of gold sold increased $15 per ounce to
$302 in 1997. As mentioned above, production costs in 1997 were higher due to
unfavorable ground conditions and costs associated with the ventilation shaft
collapse, while other operating costs were higher due to increased gold
exploration costs.

In July 1997, in reaction to the continued decline in the market price of gold,
Mineral Ventures closed a gold forward sale hedge position relating to 16,397
ounces and realized proceeds of $2.6 million. These proceeds, which equate to
approximately $160 per ounce were recognized for accounting purposes as ounces
of gold were sold in the market. The full amount of these proceeds was
recognized by December 31, 1997.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS

A portion of Mineral Ventures' financial results is derived from activities in
Australia, which has a local currency other than the US dollar. Because the
financial results of Mineral Ventures are reported in US dollars, they are
affected by changes in the value of the foreign currency in relation to the US
dollar. Rate fluctuations may adversely affect transactions which are
denominated in the Australian dollar. Mineral Ventures routinely enters into
such transactions in the normal course of its business. Mineral Ventures, from
time to time, uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge a portion of the
currency risks associated with these transactions. (See "Market Risk Exposures"
below.)

The Minerals Group is also subject to other risks customarily associated with
doing business in foreign countries, including labor and economic conditions.

CORPORATE EXPENSES

A portion of the Company's corporate general and administrative expenses and
other shared services has been allocated to the Minerals Group based upon
utilization and other methods and criteria which management believes to provide
an equitable and a reasonable estimate of the costs attributable to the Minerals
Group. These attributions were $8.3 million, $6.0 million and $6.6 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Corporate expenses in 1998 include additional expenses of approximately $5.8
million related to a retirement agreement between the Company and its former
Chairman and CEO. Approximately $1.8 million of this $5.8 million of expenses
have been attributed to the Minerals Group. Corporate expenses in the 1998
year-to-date period also include costs associated with a severance agreement
with a former member of the Company's senior management.

The higher 1996 corporate expenses were primarily due to the relocation of the
Company's corporate headquarters to Richmond, Virginia, during September 1996
which amounted to $2.9 million. Approximately $0.9 million of these costs were
attributed to the Minerals Group.


                                       13










OTHER OPERATING INCOME, NET

Other net operating income increased $9.6 million and decreased $3.7 million, in
1998 and 1997, respectively. Other operating income for the Minerals Group
principally includes royalty income and gains and losses from sales of coal
assets. The increase in 1998 versus 1997 is due to higher gains on sales of
assets in 1998 and the inclusion of a $2.6 million gain on a litigation
settlement. The decrease in 1997 over 1996 is due to a gain of $3.0 million on a
litigation settlement in 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

Net interest expense in 1998 decreased $1.4 million to $8.2 million from $9.6
million in 1997 and decreased $0.3 million in 1997 from $9.9 million in 1996.
The decrease in net interest expense in 1998 is due to lower interest rates on
higher average borrowings, while the lower level of interest in 1997 as compared
to 1996 is due to a decrease in average borrowings during 1997.

INCOME TAXES

In 1998, 1997 and 1996, a credit for income taxes was recorded due to the tax
benefits of percentage depletion which can be used by the Company. Also a factor
in the credit for income taxes recorded in 1998 and 1997 was the generation of a
pretax loss.


FINANCIAL CONDITION

A portion of the Company's corporate assets and liabilities has been attributed
to the Minerals Group based upon utilization of the shared services from which
assets and liabilities are generated. Management believes this attribution to
provide an equitable and reasonable estimate of the assets and liabilities
attributable to the Minerals Group.

Corporate assets which were attributed to the Minerals Group consisted primarily
of pension assets and deferred income taxes and amounted to $94.3 million and
$84.2 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

CASH FLOW REQUIREMENTS

Cash used in operating activities was $35.0 million in 1998 as compared to a
cash generation of $49.6 million in 1997. The significant decrease is due to the
lower level of net income and non-cash charges, combined with higher funding
requirements for working capital, primarily accounts payable. Fluctuations in
accounts receivable and debt are primarily due to a change in the accounting
treatment of receivable financings discussed below.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Cash capital expenditures for 1998 and 1997 totaled $24.2 million and $26.4
million, respectively. In 1998, Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures spent $20.6
million and $3.4 million, respectively. The majority of expenditures by Pittston
Coal were for replacement and maintenance of current ongoing mining operations.
The majority of Mineral Ventures expenditures related to project development. In
1999, cash capital expenditures are expected to approximate $38 million.

The foregoing amounts exclude expenditures that have been or are expected to be
financed through capital and operating leases and any acquisition expenditures.

FINANCING

The Minerals Group intends to fund capital expenditures through cash flow from
operating activities or through operating leases if the latter are financially
attractive. Shortfalls, if any, will be financed through the Company's revolving
credit agreements, other borrowings arrangements or borrowings from the Brink's
Group (as described under "Related Party Transactions").

Total debt outstanding at December 31, 1998 was $162.0 million, an increase of
$45.3 million from the $116.7 million outstanding at December 31, 1997. As a
result of changes in certain recourse provisions during 1998, as of December 31,
1998, certain receivable financing transactions were accounted for as secured
financing, resulting in the uncollected receivables balances remaining on the
balance sheet with a corresponding short-term obligation of $29.7 million
recognized. During 1997, these transactions were accounted for as sales of
receivables, resulting in the removal of the receivables from the balance sheet.
The remaining increase in debt was due to additional cash flow requirements.

The Company has a $350.0 million credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (the
"Facility"). The Facility includes a $100.0 million term loan and permits
additional borrowings, repayments and reborrowings of up to an aggregate of
$250.0 million. The maturity date of both the term loan and the revolving credit
portion of the Facility is May 31, 2001. Interest on borrowings under the
Facility is payable at rates based on prime, certificate of deposit, Eurodollar
or money market rates. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, borrowings of $100.0
million were outstanding under the term loan portion of the Facility and $91.6
million and $25.9 million, respectively, of additional borrowings were
outstanding under the remainder of the Facility. Of the total outstanding amount
under the Facility at December 31, 1998, and 1997 $130.7 million and $115.0
million was attributed to the Minerals Group, respectively.

Under the terms of the Facility, the Company has agreed to maintain at least
$400.0 million of Consolidated Net Worth, as defined, and can incur additional
indebtedness of approximately $398 million at December 31, 1998.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

At December 31, 1998, under interest bearing borrowing arrangements, the
Minerals Group owed the Brink's Group $20.3 million, a decrease of $6.7 million
from the $27.0 million owed at December 31, 1997.

At year-end 1998 and 1997, the Brink's Group owed the Minerals Group $12.9
million and $19.4 million, respectively, for tax

                                       14










benefits. Approximately $10.0 million of the amounts owed at December 31, 1998
is expected to be paid within one year. Also at December 31, 1998 and 1997, the
BAX Group owed the Minerals Group $20.4 million and $18.2 million, respectively,
for tax benefits, of which $7.0 million of the amounts owed at December 31, 1998
is expected to be paid in one year.

MARKET RISK EXPOSURES

Mineral Ventures has activities in Australia, which has a local currency other
than the US dollar. These activities subject Mineral Ventures to certain market
risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and
commodity prices. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by Mineral
Ventures as an integral part of its overall risk management program, which seeks
to reduce the potentially adverse effects that the volatility of these markets
may have on its operating results.

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures enter into various derivative hedging
instruments, as discussed below, to hedge their foreign currency, interest rate,
and commodity exposures. The risk that counterparties to such instruments may be
unable to perform is minimized by limiting the counterparties to major financial
institutions. Management of the Minerals Group does not expect any losses due to
such counterparty default.

Management of the Minerals Group assesses interest rate, foreign currency, and
commodity cash flow risks by continually identifying and monitoring changes in
interest rate, foreign currency and commodity exposures that may adversely
impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The
Minerals Group maintains risk management control systems to monitor these risks
attributable to both Pittston Coal's and Mineral Ventures' outstanding and
forecasted transactions, as well as, offsetting hedge positions. The risk
management control systems involve the use of analytical techniques to estimate
the expected impact of changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates and
commodity prices on Pittston Coal's and Mineral Ventures' future cash flows.
Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures do not use derivative instruments for
purposes other than hedging.

The sensitivity analyses discussed below for the market risk exposures were
based on several assumptions. The disclosures with respect to foreign exchange,
interest rate and commodity risks do not take into account forecasted foreign
exchange, interest rate or commodity transactions. Actual results will be
determined by a number of factors that are not under management's control and
could vary significantly from those disclosed.

Interest Rate Risk

Pittston Coal primarily uses variable-rate debt denominated in US dollars to
finance its operations. These debt obligations expose Pittston Coal to
variability in interest expense due to changes in the general level of interest
rates in the United States. In order to limit the variability of the interest
expense on its debt denominated in US currency, Pittston Coal, converts its
variable-rate cash flows on a portion of its $100 million term-loan, which is
part of the Facility (see Note 9), to fixed-rate cash flows by entering into
interest rate swaps which involve the exchange of floating interest payments for
fixed interest payments. The interest rate swaps are subject to fluctuations in
their fair values as a result of changes in interest rates.

Based on the overall interest rate level of US dollar variable rate debt
outstanding at December 31, 1998, a hypothetical 10% change (as a percentage of
interest rates on outstanding debt) in Pittston Coal's effective interest rate
from year-end 1998 levels would change interest expense by approximately $0.6
million. Debt designated as hedged by the interest rate swaps have been excluded
from this amount. The effect on the fair value of the fixed interest rate swaps
for a hypothetical 10% uniform shift (as a percentage of market interest rates)
in the yield curves for US interest rates from year-end 1998 levels would be
immaterial.

Foreign Currency Risk

Mineral Ventures enters into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the
variability in cash flows due to foreign currency risks related to foreign
operations. These items are denominated in various foreign currencies, including
the Australian dollar. The contracts are entered into in accordance with
guidelines set forth in the Minerals Group's hedging policies.

Mineral Ventures has operations which are exposed to currency risk arising from
gold sales denominated in US dollars while its local operating costs are
denominated in Australian dollars. Mineral Ventures utilizes foreign currency
forward contracts to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from these
exposures for up to two years into the future.

In addition, Mineral Ventures has a net investment in its Australian subsidiary
which is translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Resulting
cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of
shareholders' equity and exposes Mineral Ventures to adjustments resulting from
foreign exchange rate volatility.

                                       15










The effects of a hypothetical simultaneous 10% appreciation in the US dollar
from year end 1998 levels against the Australian dollar were measured for their
potential impact on 1) translation of earnings into US dollars based on 1998
results, 2) transactional exposures, and 3) translation of balance sheet equity
accounts. The hypothetical effects would be immaterial for the translation of
earnings into US dollars, approximately $1.1 million unfavorable earnings effect
for transactional exposures (principally hedge contracts outstanding, not
considering the effects of any underlying forecasted transactions), and
approximately $1.3 million unfavorable for the translation of balance sheet
equity accounts.

Commodities Risk

Pittston Coal consumes and Mineral Ventures sells various commodities in the
normal course of their businesses and utilize derivative instruments to minimize
the variability in forecasted cash flows due to adverse price movements in these
commodities. The contracts are entered into in accordance with guidelines set
forth in the Minerals Group's hedging policies.

Mineral Ventures utilizes a combination of forward gold sales contracts and
currency contracts to fix in Australian dollars the selling price on a certain
portion of its forecasted gold sales from the Stawell gold mine. At December 31,
1998, 41,000 ounces of gold, representing approximately 20% of Mineral Venture's
share of Stawell's proven and probable reserves, were sold forward under forward
gold contracts. Mineral Ventures also sells call options on gold periodically
and receives a premium which enhances the selling price of unhedged gold sales,
the fair value of which is recognized immediately in earnings as the contracts
do not qualify for special hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133.

Pittston Coal enters into forward swap contracts for the purchase of diesel fuel
to fix a certain portion of Pittston Coal's forecasted diesel fuel costs at
specific price levels and it utilizes option strategies to hedge a portion of
the remaining risk associated with changes in the price of diesel fuel.

The following table represents Pittston Coal's and Mineral Ventures' outstanding
commodity hedge contracts as of December 31, 1998:




                                                     Average           Estimated
(In thousands, except               Notional        Contract                Fair
average contract rates)               Amount            Rate               Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Forward gold sale contracts (a)           41          $  292             $   18
Forward swap contracts
  Diesel fuel purchases
     (fixed pay) (b)                   1,600          0.4180               (137)
Commodity options:
  Diesel Fuel - purchased call
    contracts (fixed pay) (b)          1,600          0.4180                  7
================================================================================


(a) Ounces of gold.
(b) Gallons of fuel.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: SUMMARY

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. If not corrected, many
date-sensitive applications could fail or create erroneous results by or in the
year 2000. The Minerals Group understands the importance of having systems and
equipment operational through the year 2000 and beyond and is committed to
addressing these challenges while continuing to fulfill its business obligations
to its customers and business partners. Both Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures
have established Year 2000 Project Teams intended to make their information
technology assets, including embedded microprocessors ("IT assets"), non-IT
assets, products, services and infrastructure Year 2000 ready.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: STATE OF READINESS

The Minerals Group Year 2000 Project Team has divided its Year 2000 readiness
program into four phases: (i) assessment, (ii) remediation/replacement, (iii)
testing, (iv) integration. At December 31, 1998, the majority of the Group's
core IT assets are either already Year 2000 ready or in the testing or
integration phases. Those assets that are not yet Year 2000 ready are scheduled
to be remediated or replaced by the second quarter of 1999, with testing and
integration to begin concurrently. The Minerals Group plans to have completed
all phases of its Year 2000 readiness program on a timely basis prior to Year
2000. As of December 31, 1998, approximately 80% of hardware systems and
embedded systems have been tested and verified as Year 2000 ready.

As part of its Year 2000 project, Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures have sent
comprehensive questionnaires to significant suppliers (particularly suppliers of
energy and transportation services), customers and others with which they do
business, regarding their Year 2000 readiness and is attempting to identify
significant problem areas with respect to these business partners. As of
December 31, 1998, based on questionnaire responses to date, no potential
problems have been identified that would adversely affect Minerals Group
operations. The Minerals Group is relying on such third parties representations
regarding their own readiness for Year 2000. The extent to which any of these
potential problems may have a material adverse impact on the Minerals Group's
operations is being assessed and will continue to be assessed throughout 1999.

Further, the Minerals Group relies upon government agencies, utility companies,
rail carriers, telecommunication service companies and other service providers
outside of the Minerals Group's control. As with most companies, the companies
of the Minerals Group are vulnerable to significant suppliers' inability to
remedy their own Year 2000 issues. As the Minerals Group cannot control the
conduct of its customers, suppliers and other third parties, there can be no
guarantee that Year 2000 problems originating with a supplier or another third
party will not occur.

                                       16









READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: COSTS TO ADDRESS

The Minerals Group anticipates incurring remediation and acceleration costs for
its Year 2000 readiness programs. Remediation includes the identification,
assessment, remediation and testing phases of the Year 2000 readiness program.
Remediation costs include both the costs of modifying existing software and
hardware as well as purchases that replace existing hardware and software that
is not Year 2000 ready. Acceleration includes costs to purchase and/or develop
and implement certain information technology systems whose implementation have
been accelerated as a result of the Year 2000 readiness issue.

Total anticipated remediation and acceleration costs are detailed in the table
below:



                                               Acceleration
(Dollars in millions)               Capitalized          Expensed         Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs     $ 1.4                0.2             1.6
Incurred through December 31, 1998      0.9                0.2             1.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                             $ 0.5                 --             0.5
================================================================================

                                               Remediation
                                    Capitalized          Expensed         Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs     $ --                 0.3             0.3
Incurred through December 31, 1998      --                  --              --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                             $ --                 0.3             0.3
================================================================================

                                                  Total
                                    Capitalized          Expensed         Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs     $ 1.4                0.5             1.9
Incurred through December 31, 1998      0.9                0.2             1.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                             $ 0.5                0.3             0.8
================================================================================

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: THE RISKS OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

The Minerals Group believes that its internal information technology systems
will be renovated successfully prior to year 2000. All mission critical systems
have been identified that would cause the greatest disruption to the
organization. The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem could result
in an interruption in, or a failure of, certain normal business activities or
operations. Such failures should have no material or significant adverse effect
on the results of operations, liquidity or financial condition of the Minerals
Group.

The Minerals Group believes it has identified its likely worst case scenario.
The Minerals Group's likely worst case scenario, assuming no external failures
such as power outages or delays in railroad transportation services, could be
delays in invoicing customers and payment of vendors. This likely worst case
scenario, should it occur, is not expected to result in a material impact on the
Minerals Group's financial statements. The Minerals Group production of coal and
gold is not heavily dependent on computer technology and would continue with
limited impact.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: CONTINGENCY PLAN

The Minerals Group has not yet developed a contingency plan for dealing with the
most likely worst case scenario. The Minerals Group is expected to develop a
contingency plan. The foundation for the Minerals Group's Year 2000 Program is
to ensure that all mission critical systems are renovated/replaced and tested at
least three months prior to when a Year 2000 failure might occur if the program
were not undertaken. As of December 31, 1998, all mission critical systems, with
the exception of human resources-related systems, have been tested and verified
as Year 2000 ready. These human resources-related systems are not Year 2000
ready and are scheduled to be replaced by mid-1999. Year 2000 is the number one
priority within the Minerals Group's IT organization with full support of the
Group's executive management. In addition, as a normal course of business, the
Minerals Group maintains and deploys contingency plans designed to address
various other potential business interruptions. These plans may be applicable to
address the interruption of support provided by third parties resulting from
their failure to be Year 2000 ready.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This discussion of the Minerals Group's readiness for Year 2000, including
statements regarding anticipated completion dates for various phases of the
Minerals Group's Year 2000 project, estimated costs for Year 2000 readiness, the
determination of likely worst case scenarios, actions to be taken in the event
of such worst case scenarios and the impact on the Minerals Group of any delays
or problems in the implementation of Year 2000 initiatives by the Minerals Group
and/or any public or private sector suppliers and service providers and
customers involve forward looking information which is subject to known and
unknown risks, uncertainties, and contingencies which could cause actual
results, performance or achievements, to differ materially from those which are
anticipated. Such risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are
beyond the control of the Minerals Group, include, but are not limited to,
government regulations and/or legislative initiatives, variation in costs or
expenses relating to the implementation of Year 2000 initiatives, changes in the
scope of improvements to Year 2000 initiatives and delays or problems in the
implementation of Year 2000 initiatives by the Minerals Group and/or any public
or private sector suppliers and service providers and customers.

                                       17










CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

In April 1990, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve
certain environmental claims against the Company arising from hydrocarbon
contamination at a petroleum terminal facility ("Tankport") in Jersey City, New
Jersey, which operations were sold in 1983. Under the settlement agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay 80% of the remediation costs. Based on data
available to the Company and its environmental consultants, the Company
estimates its portion of the cleanup costs on an undiscounted basis using
existing technologies to be between $6.6 million and $11.2 million and to be
incurred over a period of up to five years. Management is unable to determine
that any amount within that range is a better estimate due to a variety of
uncertainties, which include the extent of the contamination at the site, the
permitted technologies for remediation and the regulatory standards by which the
cleanup will be conducted. The estimate of costs and the timing of payments
could change as a result of changes to the remediation plan required, changes in
the technology available to treat the site, unforeseen circumstances existing at
the site and additional cost inflation.

The Company commenced insurance coverage litigation in 1990, in the United
States District Court for the District of New Jersey, seeking a declaratory
judgment that all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Tankport
obligation were reimbursable under comprehensive general liability and pollution
liability policies maintained by the Company. In August 1995, the District Court
ruled on various Motions for Summary Judgment. In its decision, the Court found
favorably for the Company on several matters relating to the comprehensive
general liability policies but concluded that the pollution liability policies
did not contain pollution coverage for the types of claims associated with the
Tankport site. On appeal, the Third Circuit reversed the District Court and held
that the insurers could not deny coverage for the reasons stated by the District
Court, and the case was remanded to the District Court for trial. In the latter
part of 1998, the Company concluded a settlement with its comprehensive general
liability insurer and has settlements with three other groups of insurers. If
these settlements are consummated, only one group of insurers will be remaining
in this coverage action. In the event the parties are unable to settle the
dispute with this group of insurers, the case is scheduled to be tried in June
1999. Management and its outside legal counsel continue to believe that recovery
of a substantial portion of the cleanup costs will ultimately be probable of
realization. Accordingly, based on estimates of potential liability, probable
realization of insurance recoveries, related developments of New Jersey law, and
the Third Circuit's decision, it is the Company's belief that the ultimate
amount that it would be liable for related to the remediation of the Tankport
site will not significantly adversely impact the Minerals Group's results of
operations or financial position.

CAPITALIZATION

The Company has three classes of common stock: Minerals Stock; Pittston Brink's
Group Common Stock ("Brink's Stock") and Pittston BAX Group Common Stock ("BAX
Stock") which were designed to provide shareholders with separate securities
reflecting the performance of the Minerals Group, Brink's Group and BAX Group,
respectively, without diminishing the benefits of remaining a single corporation
or precluding future transactions affecting any of the Groups. The Minerals
Group consists of the Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures operations of the
Company. The Brink's Group consists of the Brink's, Incorporated ("Brink's") and
the Brink's Home Security, Inc. ("BHS") operations of the Company. The BAX Group
consists of the BAX Global Inc. ("BAX Global") operations of the Company. The
Company prepares separate financial statements for the Minerals, Brink's, and
BAX Groups in addition to consolidated financial information of the Company.

The Company has the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $10 per share. In January 1994, the Company issued $80.5
million (161,000 shares) of Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the
"Convertible Preferred Stock"), convertible into Minerals Stock. The Convertible
Preferred Stock, which is attributable to the Minerals Group, pays an annual
cumulative dividend of $31.25 per share payable quarterly, in cash, in arrears,
out of all funds of the Company legally available; therefore, when, as and if
declared by the Board and bears a liquidation preference of $500 per share, plus
an attributed amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

Under the share repurchase programs authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Company (the "Board"), the Company purchased shares in the periods presented as
follows:





                                                   Years Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)            1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               
Convertible Preferred Stock:
  Shares                                               0.4            1.5
  Cost                                              $  0.1            0.6
  Excess carrying amount(a)                         $  0.0            0.1
================================================================================


(a) The excess of the carrying amount of the Convertible Preferred Stock over
the cash paid to holders for repurchases made during the years which is deducted
from preferred dividends in the Company's Statement of Operations.

The Company had remaining authority to repurchase an additional $24.2 million of
The Convertible Preferred Stock at December 31, 1998. As of December 31, 1998,
the Company had remaining authority to purchase over time 1.0 million shares of
Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock. The aggregate purchase price for all
common stock was $24.7 million at December 31, 1998. The authority to repurchase
shares remains in effect in 1999.

DIVIDENDS


                                          18









The Board intends to declare and pay dividends, if any, on Minerals Stock based
on the earnings, financial condition, cash flow and business requirements of the
Minerals Group. Since the Company remains subject to Virginia law limitations on
dividends, losses incurred by the Brink's and BAX Groups could affect the
Company's ability to pay dividends in respect of stock relating to the Minerals
Group. Dividends on Minerals Stock are also limited by the Available Minerals
Dividend Amount as defined in the Company's Articles of Incorporation. The
Available Minerals Dividend Amount may be reduced by activity that reduces
shareholder's equity or the fair value of net assets of the Minerals Group. Such
activity includes net losses by the Minerals Group, dividends paid on the
Minerals Stock and the Convertible Preferred Stock, repurchases of Minerals
Stock and the Convertible Preferred Stock, and foreign currency translation
losses. At December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Available Minerals Dividend
Amount was at least $8.1 million, $15.2 million and $22.1 million, respectively.

Since its distribution of Minerals Stock in 1993,and through March 31, 1998, the
Company had paid a cash dividend to its Minerals Stock shareholders at an annual
rate of $0.65 per share, despite a mixed record of earnings and cash flows for
the Minerals Group. In May 1998, the Company reduced the annual dividend rate on
Minerals Stock to $0.10 per year per share for shareholders as of the May 15,
1998 record date.

The Company continues its focus on the financial and capital needs of the
Minerals Group companies and, as always, is considering all strategic uses of
available cash, including dividend payments, with a view towards maximizing
long-term shareholder value.

In 1998 and 1997, dividends paid on the cumulative convertible preferred stock
were $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

The Minerals Group adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," in
the first quarter of 1998. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.
Comprehensive income generally represents all changes in shareholders' equity
except those resulting from investments by or distributions to shareholders.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Minerals Group implemented AICPA Statement of
Position ("SOP") No. 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed for Internal Use." SOP No. 98-1 requires that certain costs related to
the development or purchase of internal-use software be capitalized and
amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The adoption had no
material impact on the Minerals Group.

The Minerals Group implemented SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," in the financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131 superseded FASB Statement No. 14,
"Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131
requires publicly-held companies to report financial and descriptive information
about operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders for
interim and annual periods. The SFAS also requires additional disclosures with
respect to products and services, geographic areas of operation, and major
customers. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or
financial position, but did affect the disclosure of segment information. See
Note 18.

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 is
effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999; the Company has elected to adopt SFAS No. 133 as of October 1, 1998. SFAS
No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments and hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure
those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are
recorded each period currently in earnings or other comprehensive income,
depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction
and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. In accordance with
the transition provisions of SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded a net transition
adjustment resulting in a loss of $3.9 million (net of related income tax of
$2.1 million) in accumulated other comprehensive income at October 1, 1998 in
order to recognize at fair value all derivatives that are designated as
cash-flow hedging instruments.

PENDING ACCOUNTING CHANGES

In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities." SOP No. 98-5, which provides guidance on the reporting of
start-up costs and organization costs, requires that such costs be expensed as
incurred. This SOP is effective for the Minerals Group for the year beginning
January 1, 1999. Initial application of the SOP is required to be reported as a
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as of the beginning of the
year of adoption. Due to the complexity of the mining industry, the Minerals
Group is still in the process of determining how this SOP will impact its
results of operations for the period ending March 31, 1999. Current indications
are that the implementation of the SOP could negatively impact results of
operations up to $6 million.


                                       19










SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Effective March 15, 1999, under the Company's preferred share purchase program,
the Company purchased 0.08 million shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock for
$250 per share for a total cost approximating $21 million. The excess of the
carrying amount over the cash paid for the repurchase was approximately $19
million. In addition, on March 12, 1999, the Board authorized an increase in the
remaining authority to repurchase Convertible Preferred Stock by $4.3 million.

As previously discussed, the Available Minerals Dividend Amount is impacted by
activity that affects shareholder's equity or the fair value of net assets of
the Minerals Group. The purchase amount noted above reduces the Available
Minerals Dividend Amount as currently calculated. Accordingly, the purchase of
the Convertible Preferred Stock plus recent financial performance of the
Minerals Group's is expected to significantly reduce or eliminate the ability to
pay dividends on the Minerals Group Common Stock.

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

Certain of the matters discussed herein, including statements regarding
projected capital spending, Health Benefit Act expenses, costs of long-term
benefit obligations, readiness for Year 2000, repayment of borrowings to the
Minerals Group, projections about market risk, environmental clean-up estimates,
possible increases in provisions for bad debt expense, the impact of SOP 98-5 on
results of operations, metallurgical market conditions and coal sales involve
forward looking information which is subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and contingencies which could cause actual results, performance
and achievements, to differ materially from those which are anticipated. Such
risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of
the Minerals Group and the Company, include, but are not limited to, overall
economic and business conditions, the demand for the Minerals Group's products,
geological conditions, pricing, and other competitive factors in the industry,
new government regulations and/or legislative initiatives, variations in the
spot prices of coal, the ability of counterparties to perform, changes in the
scope of Year 2000 initiatives and delays or problems in the implementation of
Year 2000 initiatives by the Minerals Group and/or any public or private sector
suppliers, service providers and customers.


                                       20











Pittston Minerals Group
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The management of The Pittston Company (the "Company") is responsible for
preparing the accompanying Pittston Minerals Group (the "Mineral's Group")
financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The statements
were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management has also prepared the other information in the annual report and is
responsible for its accuracy.

In meeting our responsibility for the integrity of the financial statements, we
maintain a system of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance
that assets are safeguarded, that transactions are executed in accordance with
management's authorization and that the accounting records provide a reliable
basis for the preparation of the financial statements. Qualified personnel
throughout the organization maintain and monitor these internal controls on an
ongoing basis. In addition, the Company maintains an internal audit department
that systematically reviews and reports on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
controls, with management follow-up as appropriate.

Management has also established a formal Business Code of Ethics which is
distributed throughout the Company. We acknowledge our responsibility to
establish and preserve an environment in which all employees properly understand
the fundamental importance of high ethical standards in the conduct of our
business.

The accompanying financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent
auditors. During the audit they review and make appropriate tests of accounting
records and internal controls to the extent they consider necessary to express
an opinion on the Minerals Group's financial statements.

The Company's Board of Directors pursues its oversight role with respect to the
Minerals Group's financial statements through the Audit and Ethics Committee,
which is composed solely of outside directors. The Committee meets periodically
with the independent auditors, internal auditors and management to review the
Company's control system and to ensure compliance with applicable laws and the
Company's Business Code of Ethics.

We believe that the policies and procedures described above are appropriate and
effective and do enable us to meet our responsibility for the integrity of the
Minerals Group's financial statements.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Pittston Company

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Pittston Minerals Group (as
described in Note 1) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
statements of operations, shareholder's equity and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of The Pittston Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements of Pittston Minerals Group present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pittston Minerals
Group as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

As more fully discussed in Note 1, the financial statements of Pittston Minerals
Group should be read in connection with the audited consolidated financial
statements of The Pittston Company and subsidiaries.

As more fully discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, Pittston Minerals
Group changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging
activities in 1998 and impairment of long-lived assets in 1996.


KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia

January 27, 1999, except as to Note 23, which is as of March 15, 1999


                                       21










Pittston Minerals Group

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                   December 31
(In thousands)                                                  1998          1997
======================================================================================
                                                                        
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                        $  942       3,394
Accounts receivable:
   Trade (Note 5)                                                78,961      53,430
   Other                                                         13,625      12,384
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 92,586      65,814
   Less estimated uncollectible amounts                           2,275       2,215
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 90,311      63,599
Coal inventory                                                   24,567      31,644
Other inventory                                                   4,177       3,702
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 28,744      35,346
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                         6,574       5,045
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)                                   19,863      25,136
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                            146,434     132,520
Property, plant and equipment, at cost (Notes 1 and 4)          313,244     336,724
   Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization    159,459     164,386

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                153,785     172,338
Deferred pension assets (Note 15)                                86,897      83,825
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)                                   58,210      54,778
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization (Notes 1 and 6)    104,925     108,094
Coal supply contracts                                            21,965      41,703
Receivable--Pittston Brink's Group/BAX Group (Note 2)            16,298      13,630
Other assets                                                     52,950      47,294
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                   $641,464     654,182
======================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings (Notes 5 and 9)                           $29,734          --
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 9)                       482         547
Accounts payable                                                 33,987      50,585
Payable--Pittston Brink's Group/BAX Group, net (Note 2)           3,321       3,038
Accrued liabilities:
   Taxes                                                         14,196      16,477
   Workers' compensation and other claims                        12,338      13,829
   Postretirement benefits other than pensions (Note 15)         19,131      19,265
   Reclamation                                                   17,103      15,588
   Miscellaneous (Note 15)                                       24,969      41,935
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 87,737     107,094
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                       155,261     161,264
Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 9)                131,772     116,114
Postretirement benefits other than pensions (Note 15)           231,242     223,836
Workers' compensation and other claims                           79,717      92,857
Reclamation                                                      33,147      47,546
Other liabilities                                                35,977      31,137
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 9, 13, 14, 
  15, 19 and 20)
Shareholder's equity (Notes 3, 11 and 12)                       (25,652)    (18,572)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity                     $641,464     654,182
=====================================================================================


See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                       22










Pittston Minerals Group
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                         Years Ended December 31
(In thousands, except per share amounts)               1998        1997        1996
======================================================================================
                                                                          
Net sales                                            $ 518,635    630,626     696,513
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales                                          513,794    609,025     707,497
Selling, general and administrative expenses            31,740     30,228      34,631
Restructuring and other credits, including 
  litigation accrual (Notes 16 and 19)                  (1,479)    (3,104)    (47,299)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total costs and expenses                               544,055    636,149     694,829
Other operating income, net (Note 17)                   19,280      9,682      13,414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit (loss)                                 (6,140)     4,159      15,098
Interest income (Note 2)                                 1,411      1,330         835
Interest expense (Note 2)                               (9,638)   (10,946)    (10,723)
Other income (expense), net                                412       (898)     (1,789)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes                      (13,955)    (6,355)      3,421
Credit for income taxes (Note 8)                       (13,998)   (10,583)     (7,237)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                  43      4,228      10,658
Preferred stock dividends, net (Note 12)                (3,524)    (3,481)     (1,675)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) attributed to common shares        $  (3,481)       747       8,983
======================================================================================
Net income (loss) per common share (Note 10):
   Basic                                             $   (0.42)       .09        1.14
   Diluted                                               (0.42)       .09        1.08
======================================================================================
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 10):
   Basic                                                 8,324      8,076       7,897
   Diluted                                               8,324      8,102       9,884
======================================================================================


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       23










Pittston Minerals Group
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                   Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                                   1998        1997        1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
Balance, beginning of year                                    $(18,572)      (11,660)   (8,679)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income:
  Net income                                                        43         4,228    10,658
  Preferred dividends declared                                  (3,524)       (3,481)   (1,675)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss) attributed to common shares                 (3,481)          747     8,983
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
    Foreign currency translation adjustments, 
     net of tax effect of ($153), ($910) and $79                (1,068)       (4,022)    1,111
    Cash flow hedges:
      Transition adjustment, net of tax effect of $2,092        (3,886)           --        --
      Net cash flow hedge gains, net of tax effect of ($921)     1,711            --        --
      Reclassification adjustment, net of tax effect of ($83)      155            --        --
    Other, net of tax effect of ($61)                              113            --        --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                                     (6,456)       (3,275)   10,094
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miinerals stock options exercised (Note 11)                         --            22        43
Minerals shares released from employee benefits trust
  to employee benefits plan (Note 12)                            1,752         2,259     2,100
Retirement of Minerals stock under share repurchase programs
  (Note 12)                                                       (146)         (617)   (7,897)
Common dividends declared (Note 12)                             (1,992)       (5,284)   (7,384)
Tax benefit of Minerals stock options exercised (Note 8)           (78)          (17)       63
Other                                                             (160)           --        --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of period                                      $(25,652)      (18,572)  (11,660)
================================================================================================


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       24










Pittston Minerals Group
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                            Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                                            1998         1997      1996
=========================================================================================================
                                                                                    
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                                            $     43        4,228       10,658
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
   Noncash charges and other write-offs                                     --           --       29,948
   Depreciation, depletion and amortization                             36,216       37,515       36,624
   Provision for deferred income taxes                                   3,127       11,050       22,088
   Credit for pensions, noncurrent                                      (3,072)      (2,761)      (1,676)
   Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable                         228          109          262
   Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated affiliates,
     net of dividends received                                            (438)         671         (302)
   Gains on sales of property, plant and equipment and other
     assets                                                             (4,464)      (1,789)      (1,398)
   Other operating, net                                                  1,975        1,823          885
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of
 acquisitions and dispositions:
   (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                          (26,640)      28,574       (4,454)
   Decrease (increase) in inventories                                    4,528       (3,458)      10,116
   Increase in prepaid expenses                                         (1,679)      (1,395)      (1,818)
   Decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities                (34,732)        (313)     (17,907)
   (Increase) decrease in other assets                                  (4,201)         793       (2,893)
   Decrease in workers' compensation and other claims, noncurrent      (11,950)     (13,574)      (8,766)
   Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                              6,180      (11,703)     (51,749)
   Other, net                                                              (79)        (209)         181
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities                       (34,958)      49,561       19,799
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment                             (24,162)     (26,434)     (23,575)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment                 18,688        2,982        4,613
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and related contingency
   payments                                                                 --       (1,014)      (4,613)
Proceeds from disposition of assets                                      6,772           --           --
Other, net                                                                (931)      (2,723)        (419)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                           367      (27,189)     (20,515)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Additions to debt                                                       99,412       59,076       23,216
Reductions of debt                                                     (54,961)     (67,825)      (1,319)
Payments (to) from Brink's Group                                        (6,681)       2,977        6,082
Payments to BAX Group                                                       --       (7,696)     (12,179)
Repurchase of stock                                                       (308)        (617)      (7,895)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and from employee stock
   purchase plan                                                            --           22          208
Dividends paid                                                          (5,323)      (8,302)      (9,009)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                        32,139      (22,365)        (896)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                    (2,452)           7       (1,612)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                           3,394        3,387        4,999
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                              $    942        3,394        3,387
=========================================================================================================

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                       25










Pittston Minerals Group
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In thousands, except per share amounts)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

As used herein, the "Company" includes The Pittston Company except as otherwise
indicated by the context. The Company is comprised of three separate groups -
Pittston Brink's Group, Pittston BAX Group, and Pittston Minerals Group. The
financial statements of the Minerals Group include the balance sheets, the
results of operations and cash flows of the Pittston Coal Company ("Coal
Operations") and Pittston Mineral Ventures ("Mineral Ventures") operations of
the Company, and a portion of the Company's corporate assets and liabilities and
related transactions which are not specifically identified with operations of a
particular segment. The Minerals Group's financial statements are prepared using
the amounts included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Corporate allocations reflected in these financial statements are determined
based upon methods which management believes to provide a reasonable and
equitable allocation of such items (Note 2).

The Company provides to holders of Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock
("Minerals Stock") separate financial statements, financial review, descriptions
of business and other relevant information for the Minerals Group in addition to
the consolidated financial information of the Company. Notwithstanding the
attribution of assets and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) among
the Minerals Group, the Brink's Group and the BAX Group for the purpose of
preparing their respective financial statements, this attribution and the change
in the capital structure of the Company as a result of the approval of the
Brink's Stock Proposal did not affect legal title to such assets or
responsibility for such liabilities for the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
Holders of Minerals Stock are shareholders of the Company, which continues to be
responsible for all its liabilities. Financial impacts arising from one group
that affect the Company's financial condition could therefore affect the results
of operations and financial condition of each of the groups. Since financial
developments within one group could affect other groups, all shareholders of the
Company could be adversely affected by an event directly impacting only one
group. Accordingly, the Company's consolidated financial statements must be read
in connection with the Minerals Group's financial statements.

PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION

The accompanying financial statements reflect the combined accounts of the
business comprising the Minerals Group. The Minerals Group's interests in 20% to
50% owned companies are carried on the equity method unless control exists, in
which case, consolidation accounting is used. All material intercompany items
and transactions have been eliminated in combination. Certain prior year amounts
have been reclassified to conform to the current year's financial statement
presentation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and investments
with original maturities of three months or less.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at cost (determined under the average cost method) or
market, whichever is lower.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, and the costs
of renewals and betterments are capitalized. Depreciation is provided
principally on the straight-line method at varying rates depending upon
estimated useful lives. Depletion of bituminous coal lands is provided on the
basis of tonnage mined in relation to the estimated total of recoverable tonnage
in the ground.

Mine development costs, primarily included in bituminous coal lands, are
capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the mine. These
costs include expenses incurred for site preparation and development as well as
operating deficits incurred at the mines during a development stage. A mine is
considered under development until all planned production units have been placed
in operation. Valuation of coal properties is based primarily on mining plans
and conditions assumed at the time of the evaluation. These valuations could be
impacted by actual economic conditions which differ from those assumed at the
time of the evaluation.

INTANGIBLES

The excess of cost over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired is
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated periods benefited.

The Minerals Group evaluates the carrying value of intangibles and the periods
of amortization to determine whether events and circumstances warrant revised
estimates of asset value or useful lives. The Minerals Group annually assesses
the recoverability of the excess of cost over net assets acquired by determining
whether the amortization of the asset balance over its remaining life can be
recovered through projected undiscounted future operating cash flows. Evaluation
of asset value as well as periods of amortization are performed on a
disaggregated basis.

                                       26









Goodwill allocated to a potentially impaired asset will be identified with that
asset in performing an impairment test in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121. If such tests indicate that an impairment
exists, the carrying amount of the identified goodwill would be eliminated
before making any reduction of the carrying amounts of impaired long-lived
assets.

COAL SUPPLY CONTRACTS

Coal supply contracts consist of contracts to supply coal to customers at
certain negotiated prices over a period of time, which have been acquired from
other coal companies, and are stated at cost at the time of acquisition, which
approximates fair market value. The capitalized cost of such contracts is
amortized over the term of the contract on the basis of tons of coal sold under
the contract.

STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Minerals Group has implemented the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No.
123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" (Note 11). The Minerals Group
continues to measure compensation expense for its stock-based compensation plans
using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting
Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees."

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries have been translated at rates of
exchange at the balance sheet date and related revenues and expenses have been
translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. Resulting
cumulative translation adjustments have been included in shareholder's equity.

POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

Postretirement benefits other than pensions are accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions", which requires employers to accrue the cost of such retirement
benefits during the employees' service with the Company.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in
the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax
liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which these items are expected to reverse.

See Note 2 for allocation of the Company's US federal income taxes to the
Minerals Group.

PNEUMOCONIOSIS (BLACK LUNG) EXPENSE

The Minerals Group acts as self-insurer with respect to almost all black lung
benefits. Provision is made for estimated benefits based on annual actuarial
reports prepared by outside actuaries. The excess of the present value of
expected future benefits over the accumulated book reserves is recognized over
the amortization period as a level percentage of payroll. Cumulative actuarial
gains or losses are calculated periodically and amortized on a straight-line
basis. Assumptions used in the calculation of the actuarial present value of
black lung benefits are based on actual retirement experience of the Company's
coal employees, black lung claims incidence for active miners, actual dependent
information, industry turnover rates, actual medical and legal cost experience
and projected inflation rates. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the actuarially
determined value of estimated future black lung benefits discounted at 6% was
approximately $51,000 and $55,000, respectively, and is included in workers'
compensation and other claims in the Minerals Group balance sheet. Based on
actuarial data, the amount credited to operations was $2,257 in 1998, $2,451 in
1997 and $2,216 in 1996. In addition, the Company accrued additional expenses
for black lung benefits related to federal and state assessments, legal and
administration expenses and other self insurance costs. These costs amounted to
$1,659 in 1998, $1,936 in 1997 and $1,849 in 1996.

RECLAMATION COSTS

Expenditures relating to environmental regulatory requirements and reclamation
costs undertaken during mine operations are charged against earnings as
incurred. Estimated site restoration and post closure reclamation costs are
charged against earnings using the units of production method over the expected
economic life of each mine. Accrued reclamation costs are subject to review by
management on a regular basis and are revised when appropriate for changes in
future estimated costs and/or regulatory requirements.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Minerals Group accounts for impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived
assets to be disposed of in accordance with SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 121 requires
a review of assets for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When such events or changes
in circumstances indicate an asset may not be recoverable, the Minerals Group
estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and
its eventual disposition. If the sum of such expected future cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of
the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which the asset's
net book value exceeds its fair market value. For purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are required to be grouped at the lowest level for which
there are separately identifiable cash flows.

                                       27










In 1996, the Minerals Group adopted SFAS No. 121 resulting in a pretax charge to
earnings in 1996 for the Minerals Group's Coal Operations of $29,948 ($19,466
after-tax), of which $26,312 was included in cost of sales and $3,636 was
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Assets for which the
impairment loss was recognized consisted of property, plant and equipment,
advanced royalties and goodwill. These assets primarily related to mines
scheduled for closure in the near term and idled facilities and related
equipment.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair
value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Minerals Group
designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset
or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment ("fair value" hedge), (2) a
hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be
received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability ("cash flow" hedge),
(3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge ("foreign currency" hedge),
or (4) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Minerals Group
does not enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of "trading" such
instruments and thus has no derivative designation as "held for trading".

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as and that
is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain
on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk
(including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded currently in
period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly
effective as and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are
recorded in other comprehensive income, until the forecasted transaction affects
earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are highly effective as
and that are designated and qualify as foreign currency hedges are recorded
either currently in earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether
the hedge transaction is a fair-value hedge or a cash flow hedge. If, however, a
derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, its
changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in the
cumulative translation adjustments account within equity. Any amounts excluded
from the assessment of hedge effectiveness as well as the ineffective portion of
the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

Management documents the relationships between hedging instruments and hedged
items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking
various hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives that are
designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency hedges to specific
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or
forecasted transactions. Management also assesses, both at the hedge's inception
and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging
transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash
flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly
effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, hedge
accounting is discontinued prospectively, as discussed below.

The Minerals Group discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when and if (1)
it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting
changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm
commitments or forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold,
terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated as a hedge
instrument, because it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will
occur; (4) because a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a
firm commitment; or (5) management determines that designation of the derivative
as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the
derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative
will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, changes will
be reported currently in earnings, and the hedged asset or liability will no
longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. When hedge accounting is
discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm
commitment, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at
its fair value, changes will be reported currently in earnings, and any asset or
liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment will
be removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss in
current-period earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is
probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will
continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, changes will be
reported currently in earnings, and gains and losses that were accumulated in
other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. In all
other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will
be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with changes in its value
recognized currently in earnings.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Coal sales are generally recognized when coal is loaded onto transportation
vehicles for shipment to customers. For domestic sales, this generally occurs
when coal is loaded onto railcars at mine locations. For export sales, this
generally occurs when coal is loaded onto marine vessels at terminal facilities.

Gold sales are recognized when products are shipped to a refinery. Settlement
adjustments arising from final determination of weights and assays are reflected
in sales when received.

NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic net income per share for the Minerals Group is computed by dividing net
income attributed to common shares (net income less preferred stock dividends)
by the basic weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per
share for the Minerals Group is computed by dividing net income by the diluted
weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted weighted-average common
shares outstanding includes

                                       28









additional shares assuming the exercise of stock options and the conversion of
the Company's $31.25 Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the
"Convertible Preferred Stock"). However, when the exercise of stock or the
conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock is antidilutive, they are excluded
from the calculation. The shares of Minerals Stock held in The Pittston Company
Employee Benefits Trust ("the Trust" - see Note 12) are subject to the treasury
stock method and effectively are not included in the basic and diluted net
income per share calculations.

USE OF ESTIMATES

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management of the
Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting
of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities to prepare these financial statements. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

The Minerals Group adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," in
the first quarter of 1998. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.
Comprehensive income generally represents all changes in shareholders' equity
except those resulting from investments by or distributions to shareholders.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Minerals Group implemented AICPA Statement of
Position ("SOP") No. 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
Developed for Internal Use." SOP No. 98-1 requires that certain costs related to
the development or purchase of internal-use software be capitalized and
amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The adoption had no
material impact on the Minerals Group.

The Minerals Group implemented SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," in the financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131 superseded FASB Statement No. 14,
"Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131
requires publicly-held companies to report financial and descriptive information
about operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders for
interim and annual periods. The SFAS also requires additional disclosures with
respect to products and services, geographic areas of operation, and major
customers. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or
financial position, but did affect the disclosure of segment information. See
Note 18.

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 is
effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999; the Company has elected to adopt SFAS No. 133 as of October 1, 1998. SFAS
No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments and hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure the
Mineral's Groups instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives are recorded each period currently in earnings or other
comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of
a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction.
In accordance with the transition provisions of SFAS No. 133, Mineral's Group
recorded a net transition adjustment resulting in a loss of $3,886 (net of
related income tax of $2,092) in accumulated other comprehensive income at
October 1, 1998, in order to recognize at fair value all derivatives that are
designated as cash-flow hedging instruments.

2. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following policies may be modified or rescinded by action of the Company's
Board of Directors (the "Board"), or the Board may adopt additional policies,
without approval of the shareholders of the Company, although the Board has no
present intention to do so. The Company allocated certain corporate general and
administrative expenses, net interest expense and related assets and liabilities
in accordance with the policies described below. Corporate assets and
liabilities are primarily deferred pension assets and liabilities, income taxes
and accrued liabilities. See Note 12 for Board policies related to disposition
of properties and assets.

FINANCIAL

As a matter of policy, the Company manages most financial activities of the
Minerals Group, the Brink's Group and the BAX Group on a centralized,
consolidated basis. Such financial activities include the investment of surplus
cash; the issuance, repayment and repurchase of short-term and long-term debt;
the issuance and repurchase of common stock and the payment of dividends. In
preparing these financial statements, transactions primarily related to invested
cash, short-term and long-term debt (including convertible debt), related net
interest and other financial costs have been attributed to the Minerals Group
based upon its cash flows for the periods presented after giving consideration
to the debt and equity structure of the Company. At December 31, 1998 and 1997,
the Company attributed long-term debt to the Minerals Group based upon the
purpose for the debt in addition to the cash flow requirements of the Minerals
Group. See Note 9 for details and amounts of long-term debt. The portion of the
Company's interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, allocated to the
Minerals Group for 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $8,668, $10,193 and $7,475,
respectively. Management believes such method of allocation provides a
reasonable and equitable estimate of the costs attributable to the Minerals
Group.

To the extent borrowings are deemed to occur between the Brink's Group, the BAX
Group and the Minerals Group, intergroup accounts have been established bearing
interest at the rate from time to time under the Company's unsecured credit
lines or, if no such credit lines exist, at the prime rate

                                       29









charged by Chase Manhattan Bank from time to time. At December 31, 1998 and
1997, the Minerals Group owed the Brink's Group $20,321 and $27,004,
respectively. Interest expense for the Minerals Group associated with such
borrowings was $811 and $481 for 1998 and 1997, respectively. No borrowings were
outstanding from the BAX Group at December 31, 1998 or 1997.

INCOME TAXES

The Minerals Group and its domestic subsidiaries are included in the
consolidated US federal income tax return filed by the Company.

The Company's consolidated provision and actual cash payments for US federal
income taxes are allocated between the Minerals Group, the Brink's Group and the
BAX Group in accordance with the Company's tax allocation policy and reflected
in the financial statements for each Group. In general, the consolidated tax
provision and related tax payments or refunds are allocated among the Groups,
for financial statement purposes, based principally upon the financial income,
taxable income, credits and other amounts directly related to the respective
Group. Tax benefits that cannot be used by the Group generating such attributes,
but can be utilized on a consolidated basis, are allocated to the Group that
generated such benefits and an intergroup account is established for the benefit
of the Group generating the attributes. As a result, the allocated Group amounts
of taxes payable or refundable are not necessarily comparable to those that
would have resulted if the Groups had filed separate tax returns. In accordance
with the policy, at December 31, 1998, the Minerals Group was owed $12,943 and
$20,355 from the Brink's Group and the BAX Group, respectively for such tax
benefits, of which $2,943 and $13,355, respectively, were not expected to be
received within one year from such dates. At December 31, 1997, the Minerals
Group was owed $19,391 and $18,239 from the Brink's Group and the BAX Group,
respectively, for such tax benefits, of which $391 and $13,239, respectively,
were not expected to be received within one year from such date. The Brink's and
BAX Groups paid the Minerals Group $17,667 and $3,333, respectively in 1998 and
$15,794 and $10,278, respectively, in 1997 for the utilization of such tax
benefits.

SHARED SERVICES

A portion of the Company's corporate general and administrative expenses and
other shared services has been allocated to the Minerals Group based upon
utilization and other methods and criteria which management believes to provide
a reasonable and equitable estimate of the costs attributable to the Minerals
Group. These allocations were $8,316, $5,988 and $6,555 in 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

PENSION

The Minerals Group's pension cost related to its
participation in the Company's noncontributory defined benefit pension plan is
actuarially determined based on its respective employees and an allocable share
of the pension plan assets and calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 87,
"Employers' Accounting for Pensions". Pension plan assets have been allocated to
the Minerals Group based on the percentage of its projected benefit obligation
to the plan's total projected benefit obligation. Management believes such
method of allocation to provide a reasonable and equitable estimate of the
assets and costs attributable to the Minerals Group.

3. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

The cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment deducted from
shareholder's equity was $3,919 and $2,851 at December 31, 1998 and 1997. The
cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment included in shareholder's
equity was $1,171 at December 31, 1996.

The cumulative cash flow hedges deducted from shareholder's equity was $2,020,
$0 and $0 at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, consist of the following:





                                                              As of December 31
                                                               1998        1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Bituminous coal lands                                      $100,968     107,212
Land, other than coal lands                                  26,301      24,203
Buildings                                                     9,093       8,996
Machinery and equipment                                     176,882     196,313
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                      $313,244     336,724
================================================================================


The estimated useful lives for property, plant and equipment are as follows:



                                                                          Years
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
Buildings                                                              10 to 40
Machinery and equipment                                                 3 to 30
================================================================================


Depreciation and depletion of property, plant and equipment aggregated $22,270
in 1998, $23,180 in 1997 and $22,633 in 1996.

Mine development costs which were capitalized totaled $7,093 in 1998, $9,756 in
1997 and $8,144 in 1996.

                                       30










5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE--TRADE

For each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, the
Company, on behalf of the Minerals Group, maintained agreements with financial
institutions whereby it had the right to sell certain coal receivables to those
institutions. Certain agreements contained provisions for sales with recourse.
In 1998 and 1997, total coal receivables of $38,373 and $23,844, respectively,
were sold under such agreements. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, receivables
sold which remained to be collected totaled $29,734 and $23,844, respectively.

As a result of changes in certain recourse provisions during 1998, as of
December 31, 1998, these transactions were accounted for as secured financings,
resulting in the uncollected receivables balances remaining on the balance sheet
with a corresponding short-tem obligation of $29,734 recognized. The fair value
of this short-term obligation approximates the carrying value. During 1997,
these transactions were accounted for as sales of receivables, resulting in the
removal of the receivables from the balance sheet.

6. INTANGIBLES

Intangibles consist entirely of the excess of cost over fair value of net assets
of businesses acquired and are net of accumulated amortization of $14,930 and
$11,923 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The estimated useful life
of intangibles is generally forty years. Amortization of intangibles aggregated
$3,006 in 1998, $3,008 in 1997 and $3,128 in 1996.

7. DERIVATIVE AND NON-DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

NON-DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Non-derivative financial instruments, which potentially subject the Minerals
Group to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash
equivalents and trade receivables. The Minerals Group places its cash and cash
equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. Also, by policy,
the Minerals Group limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial
institution. The Minerals Group makes substantial sales to a few relatively
large customers. Credit limits, ongoing credit evaluation and account-monitoring
procedures are utilized to minimize the risk of loss from nonperformance on
trade receivables.

The following details the fair values of non-derivative financial instruments
for which it is practicable to estimate the value:

Cash and cash equivalents
- -------------------------
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
these instruments.

Accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities
- -------------------------------------------------------------
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of
these instruments.

Debt
- ----
The aggregate fair value of the Minerals Group long-term debt obligations, which
is based upon quoted market prices and rates currently available to the Minerals
Group for debt with similar terms and maturities, approximates the carrying
amount.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Minerals Group has activities in Australia, which has a local currency other
than the US dollar. These activities subject the Minerals Group to certain
market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange
rates, interest rates, and commodity prices. These financial exposures are
monitored and managed by the Minerals Group as an integral part of its overall
risk management program, which seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects
that the volatility of these markets may have on its operating results.

The Minerals Group utilizes various derivative hedging instruments, as discussed
below, to hedge its foreign currency, interest rate, and commodity exposures.
The risk that counterparties to such instruments may be unable to perform is
minimized by limiting the counterparties to major financial institutions.
Management of the Minerals Group does not expect any losses due to such
counterparty default.

The Minerals Group assesses interest rate, foreign currency, and commodity risks
by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate, foreign
currency and commodity exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash
flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Minerals Group maintains risk
management control systems to monitor these risks attributable to both Pittston
Coal's and Mineral Ventures' outstanding and forecasted transactions as well as
offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use
of analytical techniques to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest
rates, foreign currency rates and commodity prices on Pittston Coal's and
Mineral Ventures' future cash flows. Pittston Coal's and Mineral Ventures' do
not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

As of October 1, 1998 the Minerals Group adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 which establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging
activities, requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets
or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value.
Changes in fair value of derivatives are recorded each period currently in
earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is
designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type
of hedge transaction.

                                       31









Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 133 (prior to October 1, 1998), gains and
losses on derivative contracts, designated as effective hedges, were deferred
and recognized as part of the transaction hedged. Since they were accounted for
as hedges, the fair value of these contracts were not recognized in the Minerals
Group's financial statements. Gains and losses resulting from the early
termination of such contracts were deferred and amortized as an adjustment to
the specific item being hedged over the remaining period originally covered by
the terminated contracts. In addition, if the underlying items being hedged were
retired prior to maturity, the unamortized gain or loss resulting from the early
termination of the related interest rate swap would be included in the gain or
loss on the extinguishment of the obligation.

Cash-flow hedges
- ----------------

Interest Rate Risk Management

Pittston Coal uses variable-rate debt to finance its operations. In particular,
approximately $131 million of the variable-rate long-term debt under the
Company's $350 million credit facility (the "Facility" - See Note 9) is
allocated to the Minerals Group. This debt obligation exposes Pittston Coal to
variability in interest expense due to changes in interest rates. If interest
rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates
decrease, interest expense also decreases. Management believes it is prudent to
limit the variability of a portion of its interest expense. Pittston Coal
attempts to maintain a reasonable balance between fixed and floating rate debt
and uses interest rate swaps to accomplish this objective. The contracts are
entered into in accordance with guidelines set forth in the Mineral Group's
hedging policies. Pittston Coal does not use derivative instruments for purposes
other than hedging.

To meet this objective, management enters into interest rate swaps to manage
fluctuations in interest expense resulting from interest rate risk. The Company
has entered into interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $60 million.
These swaps change the variable-rate cash flows on a portion of its $100 million
term-loan, which is part of the Facility to fixed-rate cash flows by entering
into interest rate swaps which involve the exchange of floating interest
payments for fixed interest payments. The entire $100 million term-loan and the
associated swaps are allocated to the Minerals Group.

Changes in the fair value to the extent effective, of interest rate swaps
designated as hedging instruments of the variability of cash flows associated
with floating-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income. These amounts are subsequently reclassified into interest
expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the interest on the
floating-rate debt obligations affects earnings. During the year ending December
31, 1999, losses of approximately $460 (pre-tax) related to the interest rate
swaps are expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income into interest expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged debt
obligation.

Of the three swaps outstanding at December 31, 1998, the first fixes the
interest rate at 5.80% on $20 million in face amount of debt and matures in May
2000, the second and third fix the interest rate at 5.84% and 5.86%,
respectively each on $20 million in face amount of debt and mature in May 2001.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

Mineral Ventures utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the
variability in cash flows due to foreign currency risks associated with foreign
operations. These items are denominated in various foreign currencies, including
the Australian dollar. The contracts are entered into in accordance with
guidelines set forth in the Minerals Group's hedging policies. Mineral Ventures
does not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

Mineral Ventures has operations which are exposed to currency risk arising from
gold sales denominated in US dollars while its local operating costs are
denominated in Australian dollars. Mineral Ventures utilizes foreign currency
forward contracts to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from these
exposures for up to two years into the future.

The foreign currency forward contracts' effectiveness is assessed based on the
forward rate of the contract. No material amounts related to hedge
ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings during the period. Changes in the
fair value of Australian dollar foreign currency forward contracts designated
and qualifying as cash flow hedges of forecasted US dollar sales of gold are
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. The gains and losses are
reclassified into earnings, as a component of revenue, in the same period as the
forecasted transaction affects earnings.

During the year ending December 31, 1999, losses of approximately $1,000
(pre-tax) related to Australian dollar foreign currency forward contracts are
expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into
revenue. As of December 31, 1998, the maximum length of time over which Mineral
Ventures is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows
associated with foreign currency forecasted transactions is eighteen months.

Commodities Risk Management

Pittston Coal consumes and Mineral Ventures sells various commodities in the
normal course of their businesses and utilize derivative instruments to minimize
the variability in forecasted cash flows due to adverse price movements in these
commodities. The contracts are entered into in accordance with guidelines set
forth in the Minerals Group's hedging policies. The Minerals Group does not use
derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

Mineral Ventures utilizes a combination of forward gold sales contracts and
currency contracts to fix in Australian dollars the selling price on a certain
portion of its forecasted gold sales

                                       32









from the Stawell gold mine. At December 31, 1998, 41,000 ounces of gold,
representing approximately 20% of Mineral Ventures' share of Stawell's proven
and probable reserves, were sold forward under forward gold contracts. Mineral
Ventures' also sells call options on gold periodically and receives a premium
which enhances the selling price of unhedged gold sales, the fair value of which
is recognized immediately into earnings as the contracts do not qualify for
special hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133.

Pittston Coal utilizes forward swap contracts for the purchase of diesel fuel to
fix a certain portion of Pittston Coal's forecasted diesel fuel costs at
specific price levels. Pittston Coal also periodically utilizes option
strategies to hedge a portion of the remaining risk associated with changes in
the price of diesel fuel. The option contracts, which involve purchasing call
options, are designed to provide protection against sharp increases in the price
of diesel fuel. For purchased options, Pittston Coal pays a premium up front and
receives an amount equal to the difference by which the average market price
during the period exceeds the option strike price. At December 31, 1998, the
notional amount of forward swap contracts for the purchase of diesel fuel
contracts totaled 3.2 million gallons.

No material amounts related to hedge ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings
during the period for the diesel fuel swaps and forward gold contracts. Changes
in fair value related to the difference between changes in the spot and forward
gold contract rates were not material.

Changes in the fair value of the commodity contracts designated and qualifying
as cash flow hedges of forecasted commodity purchases and sales are reported in
accumulated other comprehensive income. For diesel fuel, the gains and losses
are reclassified into earnings, as a component of costs of sales, in the same
period as the commodity purchased affects earnings. For gold contracts, the
gains and losses are reclassified into earnings, as a component of revenue, in
the same period as the gold sale affects earnings.

During the year ending December 31, 1999, losses of approximately $150 (pre-tax)
related to diesel fuel purchase contracts, are expected to be reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive income into cost of sales. During the year
ending December 31, 1999, losses of approximately $100 (pre-tax) related to gold
sales contracts are expected to be reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income into revenue.

As of December 31, 1998, the maximum length of time over which the Company is
hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows associated with
diesel fuel purchases is six months. As of December 31, 1998, the maximum length
of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in
future cash flows associated with gold sales is two years.

8. INCOME TAXES

The provision (credit) for income taxes consists of the following:



                                         US
                                    Federal      Foreign      State       Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            
1998:
Current                            $(17,125)          --         --     (17,125)
Deferred                              2,918          209         --       3,127
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                              $(14,207)         209         --     (13,998)
================================================================================
1997:
Current                            $(21,633)          --         --     (21,633)
Deferred                             10,719          331         --      11,050
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                              $(10,914)         331         --     (10,583)
================================================================================
1996:
Current                            $(29,325)          --         --     (29,325)
Deferred                             20,893        1,195         --      22,088
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                               $(8,432)       1,195         --      (7,237)
================================================================================


The significant components of the deferred tax expense were as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                       1998       1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
Deferred tax expense exclusive
  of the components$listed below                      6,429     10,551    8,064
Net operating loss carryforwards                        491       (558)    (327)
Alternative minimum tax credit                       (4,224)       664    3,337
Change in the valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets                                   431        393    1,014
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                $3,127     11,050   22,088
================================================================================


The tax benefit for compensation expense related to the exercise of certain
employee stock options for tax purposes in excess of compensation expense for
financial reporting purposes is recognized as an adjustment to shareholder's
equity.

                                       33










The components of the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, were as follows:



                                                          1998             1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Accounts receivable                                   $  1,218              816
Postretirement benefits other than pensions             99,944           97,691
Workers' compensation and other claims                  35,171           42,256
Other liabilities and reserves                          34,312           49,713
Miscellaneous                                            2,854           11,320
Net operating loss carryforwards                         3,302            3,793
Alternative minimum tax credits                         11,174            6,950
Valuation allowance                                    (10,284)          (9,853)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax asset                              $177,691          202,686
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Property, plant and equipment                          $20,621           25,299
Pension assets                                          32,058           34,120
Other assets                                            12,272           12,110
Investments in foreign affiliates                        3,000               --
Miscellaneous                                           32,792           52,007
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                         100,743          123,536
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset                                $ 76,948           79,150
================================================================================


The recording of deferred federal tax assets is based upon their expected
utilization in the Company's consolidated federal income tax return and the
benefit that would accrue to the Minerals Group under the Company's tax
allocation policy.

The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets in certain foreign and
state jurisdictions.

The following table accounts for the difference between the actual tax provision
and the amounts obtained by applying the statutory US federal income tax rate of
35% in 1998, 1997 and 1996 to the income (loss) before income taxes.



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                      1998        1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
Income (loss) before income taxes:
United States                                     $(15,550)    (7,273)      100
Foreign                                              1,595        918     3,321
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                             $(13,955)    (6,355)    3,421
================================================================================
Tax provision (credit) computed
  at statutory rate                               $ (4,885)    (2,224)    1,197
Increases (reductions) in taxes due to:
Percentage depletion                                (6,869)    (7,407)   (7,644)
State income taxes (net of federal tax
  benefit)                                            (431)      (393)   (1,014)
Change in the valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets                                  431        393     1,014
Miscellaneous                                       (2,244)      (952)     (790)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actual tax credit                                 $(13,998)   (10,583)   (7,237)
================================================================================


It is the policy of the Minerals Group to accrue deferred income taxes on
temporary differences related to the financial statement carrying amounts and
tax bases of investments in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates which are
expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997, there was no unrecognized deferred tax liability for
temporary differences related to investments in foreign subsidiaries and
affiliates.

The Minerals Group and its domestic subsidiaries are included in the Company's
consolidated US federal income tax return.

As of December 31, 1998, the Minerals Group had $11,174 of alternative minimum
tax credits allocated to it under the Company's tax allocation policy. Such
credits are available to offset future US federal income taxes and, under
current tax law, the carryforward period for such credits is unlimited.

The tax benefits of net operating loss carryforwards for the Minerals Group as
of December 31, 1998 were $3,302 and related to various state and foreign taxing
jurisdictions. The expiration periods primarily range from 5 to 15 years.

9. LONG-TERM DEBT

A portion of the outstanding debt under the Company's credit agreement has been
attributed to the Minerals Group. Total long-term debt of the Minerals Group
consists of the following:



                                                              As of December 31
                                                                1998       1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Senior obligations and capital leases                       $  1,076      1,092
Attributed portion of Company's debt:
   US dollar term loan due 2001 (year-end rate
   5.68% in 1998 and 6.24% in 1997)                          100,000    100,000
   Revolving credit notes due 2001 (year-end rate
   5.83% in 1998 and 5.92% in 1997)                           30,696     15,022
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt, less current maturities                131,772    116,114
Current maturities of senior obligations
   and capital leases                                            482        547
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt including current maturities           $132,254    116,661
================================================================================


For the four years through December 31, 2003, minimum repayments of long-term
debt outstanding are as follows:



                                             
                              2000              $    623
                              2001               131,149
                              2002                     0
                              2003                     0


                                       34









The Company has a $350,000 credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (the
"Facility"). The Facility includes a $100,000 term loan and permits additional
borrowings, repayments and reborrowings of up to an aggregate of $250,000. The
maturity date of both the term loan and the revolving credit portion of the
Facility is May 2001. Interest on borrowings under the Facility is payable at
rates based on prime, certificate of deposit, Eurodollar or money market rates
plus applicable margin. A term loan of $100,000 was outstanding at December 31,
1998 and 1997. Additional borrowings of $91,600 and $25,900 were outstanding at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively under the revolving credit portion of
the Facility. The Company pays commitment fees (.125% per annum at December 31,
1998) on the unused portion of the Facility. At December 31, 1998 and 1997,
$130,696 and $115,022, respectively, of these borrowings were attributed to the
Minerals Group.

Under the terms of the Facility, the Company has agreed to maintain at least
$400,000 of Consolidated Net Worth, as defined, and can incur additional
indebtedness of approximately $398,000 at December 31, 1998.

The Company has three interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a
portion of the interest on its $100,000 variable rate term loan to fixed rates
(See Note 7).

At December 31, 1998, the Company's portion of outstanding unsecured letters of
credit allocated to the Minerals Group was $14,041, primarily supporting its
obligations under its various self-insurance programs.

The Company maintains agreements with financial institutions under which it
sells certain coal receivables to those institutions. Some of these agreements
contained provisions for sales with recourse. As of December 31, 1998, these
transactions were accounted for as secured financings, resulting in the
recognition of short-term obligations of $29,734. The fair value of these
short-term obligations approximated the carrying value and bore an interest rate
of 5.72%.

10. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation between the calculations of basic and diluted
net income (loss) per share:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
NUMERATOR:
Net income                                       $     43      4,228     10,658
Convertible Preferred Stock
   dividends, net                                  (3,524)    (3,481)    (1,675)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic net income (loss) per share
   numerator                                       (3,481)       747      8,983
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Convertible Preferred Stock
   dividends, net                                      --         --      1,675
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted net income (loss) per
   share numerator                                $(3,481)       747     10,658

DENOMINATOR:
Basic weighted average common
   shares outstanding                               8,324      8,076      7,897
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Convertible Preferred Stock                         --         --      1,945
   stock options                                       --         26         42
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common
   shares outstanding                               8,324      8,102      9,884
================================================================================


Options to purchase 789 shares of Minerals Stock, at prices between $2.50 and
$25.74 per share, were outstanding during 1998 but were not included in the
computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect of all options
would be antidilutive.

Options to purchase 446 and 300 shares of Minerals Stock, at prices between
$12.18 and $25.74 and $13.43 and $25.74 per share, were outstanding during 1997
and 1996, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net
income per share because the options' exercise price was greater than the
average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be
antidilutive.

                                       35










The conversion of preferred stock to 1,764 shares and 1,785 shares of Minerals
Stock has been excluded in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per
share in 1998 and 1997, respectively, because the effect of the assumed
conversion would be antidilutive.

11. STOCK OPTIONS

The Company has various stock-based compensation plans as described below.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

The Company grants options under its 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "1988 Plan") to
executives and key employees and under its Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option
Plan (the "Non-Employee Plan") to outside directors, to purchase common stock at
a price not less than 100% of quoted market value at the date of grant. The 1988
Plan options can be granted with a maximum term of ten years and can vest within
six months from the date of grant. The majority of grants made in 1998, 1997 and
1996 have a maximum term of six years and vest 100% at the end of the third
year. The Non-Employee Plan options can be granted with a maximum term of ten
years and can vest within six months from the date of grant. The majority of
grants made in 1998, 1997 and 1996 have a maximum term of six years and vest
ratably over the first three years. The total number of shares underlying
options authorized for grant, but not yet granted, under the 1988 Plan is 789.

Under the Non-Employee Plan, the total number of shares underlying options
authorized for grant, not yet granted, is 47.

The Company's 1979 Stock Option Plan (the "1979 Plan") and 1985 Stock Option
Plan (the "1985 Plan") terminated in 1985 and 1988, respectively.

As part of the Brink's Stock Proposal (described in the Company's Proxy
Statement dated December 31, 1995 resulting in the modification of the capital
structure of the Company to include an additional class of common stock), the
1988 and the Non-Employee Plans were amended to permit option grants to be made
to optionees with respect to Brink's Stock or BAX Stock, in addition to Minerals
Stock. The approval of the Brink's Stock Proposal had no effect on options for
Minerals Stock.

The table below summarizes the related plan activity.



                                                                      Aggregate
                                                                       Exercise
                                                          Shares          Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                             598        $ 9,359
Granted                                                        4             47
Exercised                                                     (3)           (45)
Forfeited or expired                                         (16)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                             583        $ 9,132
Granted                                                      138          1,746
Exercised                                                     (2)           (22)
Forfeited or expired                                         (67)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997                             652        $ 9,935
Granted                                                      138            721
Exercised                                                      0              0
Forfeited or expired                                        (128)        (1,668)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998                             662        $ 8,988
================================================================================


Options exercisable at the end of 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, for
Minerals Stock were 491, 253 and 292.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of
December 31, 1998.



                     ----------------------------------      -------------------
                                          Stock Options           Stock Options
                                            Outstanding             Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Weighted
                                  Average
                                Remaining      Weighted                Weighted
                              Contractual      Exercise                 Average
Range of                             Life       Average                Exercise
Exercise Prices      Shares       (Years)         Price      Shares       Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
$ 2.50 to 6.53          101          5.76        $ 4.23          31      $ 4.20

  9.50 to 11.88         243          2.91         10.24         216       10.32

 12.69 to 16.63         148          3.66         13.29          74       13.88

 18.63 to 25.74         170          1.71         24.18         170       24.18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                   662                                     491
================================================================================


EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Under the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"), the Company is
authorized to issue up to 250 shares of Minerals Stock, to its employees who
have six months of service and who complete minimum annual work requirements.
Under the terms of the Plan, employees may elect each six-month period
(beginning January 1 and July 1), to have up to 10 percent of their annual
earnings withheld to purchase the Company's stock. Employees may purchase shares
of any or all of the three

                                       36










classes of Company common stocks. The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the
lower of its beginning-of-the-period or end-of-the-period market price. Under
the Plan, the Company sold 118, 46 and 30 shares of Minerals Stock to employees
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

In January 1999, the maximum number of Minerals shares had been issued pursuant
to the Plan. At a meeting held subsequent to year end, the Company's Board of
Directors adopted an amendment to increase the maximum number of shares of
common stock which may be issued pursuant to the Plan to 650 shares of Minerals
Stock. This amendment to the Plan is subject to shareholder approval on May 7,
1999.

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANS

The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", but applies APB Opinion No. 25 and
related interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no
compensation cost has been recognized in the accompanying financial statements.
Had compensation costs for the Company's plans been determined based on the fair
value of awards at the grant dates, consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Minerals
Group's net income and earnings per share would approximate the pro forma
amounts indicated below:



                                                1998     1997      1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHARES
Minerals Group
   As Reported                               $(3,481)     747     8,983
   Pro Forma                                  (3,684)     336     8,711
NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
Minerals Group
   Basic, As Reported                        $ (0.42)    0.09      1.14
   Basic, Pro Forma                            (0.44)    0.04      1.10
   Diluted, As Reported                        (0.42)    0.09      1.08
   Diluted, Pro Forma                          (0.44)    0.04      1.05
=======================================================================


Note: The pro forma disclosures shown may not be representative of the effects
on reported net income in future years.

The fair value of each stock option grant used to compute pro forma net income
and earnings per share disclosures is estimated at the time of the grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions used in
the model are as follows:



                                                1998     1997      1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           
Expected dividend yield                          1.8%     5.4%      4.8%
Expected volatility                               45%      43%       37%
Risk-free interest rate                          5.3%     6.2%      6.1%
Expected term (in years)                          5.1      4.2       3.7
========================================================================


Using these assumptions in the Black-Scholes model, the weighted-average fair
value of options granted during 1998, 1997 and 1996, is $250, $487 and $10,
respectively.

Under SFAS 123, compensation cost is also recognized for the fair value of
employee stock purchase rights. Because the Company settles its employee stock
purchase rights under the Plan at the end of each six-month offering period, the
fair value of these purchase rights was calculated using actual market
settlement data. The weighted-average fair value of the stock purchase rights
granted in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $62, $237 and $143 for the Minerals Group,
respectively.

12. CAPITAL STOCK

Effective May 4, 1998, the designation of Pittston Burlington Group Common Stock
and the name of the Pittston Burlington Group were changed to Pittston BAX Group
Common Stock and Pittston BAX Group, respectively. All rights and privileges of
the holders of such Stock are otherwise unaffected by such changes.

The Company, at any time, has the right to exchange each outstanding share of
Minerals Stock, which was previously subject to exchange for shares of Services
Stock, for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's Stock is then outstanding,
BAX Stock) having a fair market value equal to 115% of the fair market value of
one share of Minerals Stock. In addition, upon the disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Minerals Group to any
person (with certain exceptions), the Company is required to exchange each
outstanding share of Minerals Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no
Brink's Stock is then outstanding, BAX Stock) having a fair market value equal
to 115% of the fair market value of one share of Minerals Stock. If any shares
of the Company's Preferred Stock are converted after an exchange of Minerals
Stock for Brink's Stock (or BAX Stock), the holder of such Preferred Stock
would, upon conversion, receive shares of Brink's Stock (or BAX Stock) in lieu
of shares of Minerals Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

The Company, at any time, has the right to exchange each outstanding share of
BAX Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's Stock is then
outstanding, Minerals Stock) having a fair market value equal to 115% of the
fair market value of one share of BAX Stock. In addition, upon the disposition
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the BAX Group to any
person (with certain exceptions), the Company is required to exchange each
outstanding share of BAX Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's
Stock is then outstanding, Minerals Stock) having a fair market value equal to
115% of the fair market value of one share of BAX Stock.


                                       37












Holders of Brink's Stock at all times have one vote per share. Holders of BAX
Stock and Minerals Stock have .739 and .244 vote per share, respectively,
subject to adjustment on January 1, 2000, and on January 1 every two years
thereafter in such a manner so that each class' share of the aggregate voting
power at such time will be equal to that class' share of the aggregate market
capitalization of the Company's common stock at such time. Accordingly, on each
adjustment date, each share of BAX Stock and Minerals Stock may have more than,
less than or continue to have the number of votes per share as they have.
Holders of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock vote together as a single
voting group on all matters as to which all common shareholders are entitled to
vote. In addition, as prescribed by Virginia law, certain amendments to the
Articles of Incorporation affecting, among other things, the designation,
rights, preferences or limitations of one class of common stock, or certain
mergers or statutory share exchanges, must be approved by the holders of such
class of common stock, voting as a group, and, in certain circumstances, may
also have to be approved by the holders of the other classes of common stock,
voting as separate voting groups.

In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock, effective January 1,
1999, share on a per share basis an aggregate amount equal to 54%, 28% and 18%,
respectively, of the funds, if any, remaining for distribution to the common
shareholders. In the case of Minerals Stock, such percentage has been set, using
a nominal number of shares of Minerals Stock of 4,203 (the "Nominal Shares") in
excess of the actual number of shares of Minerals Stock outstanding. These
liquidation percentages are subject to adjustment in proportion to the relative
change in the total number of shares of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals
Stock, as the case may be, then outstanding to the total number of shares of all
other classes of common stock then outstanding (which totals, in the case of
Minerals Stock, shall include the Nominal Shares).

The Company has authority to issue up to 2,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $10 per share. In January, 1994, the Company issued $80,500 or 161 shares
of Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Convertible Preferred
Stock"). The proceeds of the Convertible Preferred Stock offering have been
attributed to the Minerals Group. The Convertible Preferred Stock pays an annual
cumulative dividend of $31.25 per share payable quarterly, in cash, in arrears,
out of all funds of the Company legally available therefore; when as and if
declared by the Board, and bears a liquidation preference of $500 per share,
plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. Each share of the
Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder unless
previously redeemed or, under certain circumstances, called for redemption, into
shares of Minerals Stock at a conversion price of $32.175 per share of Minerals
Stock, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The Company may at its
option, redeem the Convertible Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for cash at
a price of $515.625 per share, effective February 1, 1999, and thereafter at
prices declining ratably annually on each February 1 to an amount equal to $500
per share on and after February 1, 2004, plus in each case an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends on the date of redemption. Except under certain
circumstances or as prescribed by Virginia law, shares of the Convertible
Preferred Stock are nonvoting.

In November 1998, under the Company's common share repurchase program, the
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") authorized the purchase, from time to
time of up to 1,000 shares of Minerals Stock, not to exceed an aggregate
purchase cost of $25,000 for all common shares of the Company. Such shares are
to be purchased from time to time in the open market or in private transactions,
as conditions warrant. In May 1997, the Board authorized additional authority
which allows for the purchase, from time to time, of the Convertible Preferred
Stock, not to exceed an aggregate purchase cost of $25,000.

Under the share repurchase program, the Company purchased shares in the periods
presented as follows:



                                                      Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                       1998                1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
Convertible Preferred Stock:
  Shares                                              0.4                 1.5
  Cost                                             $  146                 617
  Excess carrying amount (a)                       $   23                 108
=============================================================================


(a) The excess of the carrying amount of the Convertible Preferred Stock over
the cash paid to holders for repurchases made during the years is deducted from
preferred dividends in the Company's Statement of Operations.


As of December 31, 1998, the Company had remaining authority to purchase over
time 1,000 shares of Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock and an additional
$24,236 of its Convertible Preferred Stock. The remaining aggregate purchase
price limitation for all common stock was $24,698 at December 31, 1998. The
authority to acquire shares remains in effect in 1999.

In 1998, 1997 and 1996, dividends paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock
amounted to $3,547, $3,589, and $3,795, respectively. During 1998 and 1997, the
Board declared and the Company paid dividends of $1,969 and $5,176 on Minerals
Stock, respectively.

The Company's Articles of Incorporation limits dividends on Minerals Stock to
the lesser of (i) all funds of the Company legally available therefore (as
prescribed by Virginia law) and (ii) the Available Minerals Dividend Amount (as
defined in the Articles of Incorporation). The Available Minerals Dividend
Amount may be reduced by activity that reduces shareholder's equity or the fair
value of net assets of the Minerals Group. Such activity includes net losses by
the Minerals Group, dividends paid on the Minerals Stock and the Convertible
Preferred Stock, repurchases of Minerals Stock and the


                                       38












Convertible Preferred Stock, and foreign currency translation losses. At
December 31, 1998, the Available Minerals Dividend Amount was at least $8,123.
See the Company's consolidated financial statements and related footnotes.
Subject to these limitations, the Company's Board, although there is no
requirement to do so, intends to declare and pay dividends on the Minerals Stock
based primarily on the earnings, financial condition, cash flow and business
requirements of the Minerals Group. See Note 23.

In December 1992, the Company formed The Pittston Company Employee Benefits
Trust (the "Trust") to hold shares of its common stock (initially 4,000 shares)
to fund obligations under certain employee benefit programs not including stock
option plans. The trust first began funding obligations under the Company's
various stock option plans in September 1995. In November 1998, the Company sold
for a promissory note of the Trust, 800 new shares of Minerals Stock at a price
equal to the closing value of the stock on the date prior to issuance. As of
December 31, 1998, 766 shares of Minerals Stock (232 in 1997) remained in the
Trust, valued at market. These shares will be voted by the Trustee in the same
proportion as those voted by the Company's employees participating in the
Company's Savings Investment Plan. The fair market value of the shares is
included in common stock and capital in excess of par.

13. COAL JOINT VENTURE

The Minerals Group, through a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company,
has a partnership agreement, Dominion Terminal Associates ("DTA"), with three
other coal companies to operate coal port facilities in Newport News, Virginia,
in the Port of Hampton Roads (the "Facilities"). The Facilities, in which the
Minerals Group has a 32.5% interest, have an annual throughput capacity of 22
million tons, with a ground storage capacity of approximately 2 million tons.
The Facilities financing is provided by a series of coal terminal revenue
refunding bonds issued by the Peninsula Ports Authority of Virginia (the
"Authority"), a political subdivision of the Commonwealth of Virginia, in the
aggregate principal amount of $132,800, of which $43,160 are attributable to the
Company. These bonds bear a fixed interest rate of 7.375%. The Authority owns
the Facilities and leases them to DTA for the life of the bonds, which mature on
June 1, 2020. DTA may purchase the Facilities for one dollar at the end of the
lease term. The obligations of the partners are several, and not joint.

Under loan agreements with the Authority, DTA is obligated to make payments
sufficient to provide for the timely payment of the principal and interest on
the bonds. Under a throughput and handling agreement, the Minerals Group has
agreed to make payments to DTA that in the aggregate will provide DTA with
sufficient funds to make the payments due under the loan agreements and to pay
the Minerals Group's share of the operating costs of the Facilities. The Company
has also unconditionally guaranteed the payment of the principal and premium, if
any, and the interest on the bonds. Payments for operating costs aggregated
$3,168 in 1998, $4,691 in 1997 and $5,208 in 1996. The Minerals Group has the
right to use 32.5% of the throughput and storage capacity of the Facilities
subject to user rights of third parties which pay the Minerals Group a fee. The
Minerals Group pays throughput and storage charges based on actual usage at per
ton rates determined by DTA.

14. LEASES

The Minerals Group's businesses lease coal mining and other equipment under
long-term operating and capital leases with varying terms. Most of the operating
leases contain renewal and/or purchase options.

As of December 31, 1998, aggregate future minimum lease payments under
noncancellable operating leases were as follows:



                                      Equipment
                       Facilities       & Other        Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                
1999                       $  483        12,759       13,242
2000                          304        10,911       11,215
2001                          253         8,020        8,273
2002                          171         4,223        4,394
2003                           --         1,773        1,773
2004                           --            74           74
2005                           --            46           46
2006                           --            --           --
Later Years                    --            --           --   
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
Total                     $ 1,211        37,806       39,017
===============================================================


These amounts are net of aggregate future minimum noncancellable sublease
rentals of $705. Almost all of the above amounts related to equipment are
guaranteed by the Company.

Net rent expense amounted to $17,327 in 1998, $21,912 in 1997 and $24,236 in
1996.

The Minerals Group incurred capital lease obligations of $839 in 1998, $624 in
1997 and $1,031 in 1996. As of December 31, 1998, the Minerals Group's
obligations under capital leases were not significant.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Minerals Group's businesses participate in the Company's noncontributory
defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all nonunion employees who
meet certain minimum requirements. Benefits under most of the plans are based on
salary (including commissions, bonuses, overtime and premium pay) and years of
service. The Minerals Group's pension cost is actuarially determined based on
its employees and an allocable share of the pension plan assets. The Company's
policy is to fund the actuarially determined amounts necessary to provide


                                       39












assets sufficient to meet the benefits to be paid to plan participants in
accordance with applicable regulations.

The net pension credit for 1998, 1997 and 1996 for the Minerals Group is as
follows:



                                                  Years Ended December 31
                                                 1998      1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             
Service cost-benefits earned during year     $  4,073     3,626     3,561
Interest cost on projected benefit
  obligation                                   11,843    11,340     9,921
Return on assets-expected                     (20,214)  (18,437)  (16,930)
Other amortization, net                         1,675     1,334     2,323
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension credit                           $ (2,623)   (2,137)   (1,125)
==========================================================================



The assumptions used in determining the net pension credit for the Company's
primary pension plan were as follows:



                                                  1998      1997     1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation      7.5%      8.0%     7.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets       10.0%     10.0%    10.0%
Rate of increase in compensation levels            4.0%      4.0%     4.0%
===========================================================================



Reconciliations of the projected benefit obligations, plan assets, funded status
and prepaid pension expense at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:



                                                      Years Ended December 31
                                                              1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year         $161,650    138,026
Service cost-benefits earned during the year                 4,073      3,626
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation               11,843     11,340
Benefits paid                                               (9,929)    (9,258)
Actuarial loss                                              16,146     17,916
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligation at end of year                183,783    161,650

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year             234,616    204,577
Return on assets - actual                                   33,528     39,242
Employer contributions                                          89         55
Benefits paid                                               (9,929)    (9,258)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year                   258,304    234,616

Funded status                                               74,521     72,966
Unrecognized experience loss                                 9,762      8,585
Unrecognized prior service cost                                212        232
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension assets                                         $84,495     81,783
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current pension liabilities                                  2,402      2,042
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred pension assets per the balance sheet             $ 86,897     83,825
===============================================================================



For the valuation of the Company's primary pension obligations and the
calculation of the funded status, the discount rate was 7.0% in 1998 and 7.5% in
1997. The expected long-term rate of return on assets was 10% in both years. The
rate of increase in compensation levels used was 4% in 1998 and 1997.

The unrecognized initial net asset at January 1, 1986, the date of adoption of
SFAS No. 87, has been amortized over the estimated remaining average service
life of the employees.

Under the 1990 collective bargaining agreement with the United Mine Workers of
America ("UMWA"), the Minerals Group agreed to make payments at specified
contribution rates for the benefit of the UMWA employees. The trustees of the
UMWA pension fund contested the agreement and brought action against the
Company. While the case was in litigation, Minerals Group's benefit payments
were made into an escrow account for the benefit of union employees. During
1996, the case was settled and the escrow funds were released (Note 19). As a
result of the settlement, the Coal subsidiaries agreed to continue their
participation in the UMWA 1974 pension plan at defined contribution rates. Under
this plan, expense recognized in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $574, $1,128 and
$1,204, respectively.

The Minerals Group also provides certain postretirement health care and life
insurance benefits for eligible active and retired employees in the United
States.

For the years 1998, 1997 and 1996, the components of periodic expense for these
postretirement benefits were as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                         1998     1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Service cost-benefits earned during year             $    878    1,349    1,810
Interest cost on accumulated post-
   retirement benefit obligation                       21,917   21,648   19,752
Amortization of losses                                  2,929    1,393    1,128
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total expense                                        $ 25,724   24,390   22,690
================================================================================



                                       40












The actuarially determined and recorded liabilities for the following
postretirement benefits have not been funded. Reconciliations of the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations, funded status and accrued postretirement
benefit cost at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                               1998        1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      
Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at beginning of year                       $  307,127     280,940
Service cost-benefits earned during the year                    878       1,349
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation                                        21,917      21,648
Benefits paid                                               (18,453)    (18,861)
Actuarial loss                                               17,165      22,051
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year                             $  328,634     307,127
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year-retirees                    $  280,596     253,434
Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year-active participants             48,038      53,693
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total accumulated postretirement benefits
   obligation at end of year                             $  328,634     307,127
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status                                            $ (328,634)   (307,127)
Unrecognized experience loss                                 78,614      64,378
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost at
   end of year                                           $ (250,020)   (242,749)
================================================================================



The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the unit
credit method and an assumed discount rate of 7.0% in 1998 and 7.5% in 1997. The
assumed health care cost trend rate used in 1998 was 6.62% for pre-65 retirees,
grading down to 5% in the year 2001. For post-65 retirees, the assumed trend
rate in 1998 was 5.95%, grading down to 5% in the year 2001. The assumed
medicare cost trend rate used in 1998 was 5.73%, grading down to 5% in the year
2001.

A percentage point increase each year in the assumed health care cost trend rate
used would have resulted in an increase of approximately $3,200 in the aggregate
service and interest components of expense for the year 1998, and an increase of
approximately $37,800 in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at
December 31, 1998.

A percentage point decrease each year in the assessed health care cost rend rate
would have resulted in a decrease of approximately $3,000 in the aggregate
service and interest components of expense for the year 1998 and a decrease of
approximately $35,500 in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at
December 31, 1998.

The Minerals Group also participates in the Company's Savings-Investment Plan to
assist eligible employees in providing for retirement or other future financial
needs. Employee contributions are matched at rates of 50% to 100% up to 5% of
compensation (subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended). Contribution expense under the plan aggregated $993
in 1998, $993 in 1997 and $1,004 in 1996.

In October 1992, the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992 (the
"Health Benefit Act") was enacted as part of the Energy Policy Act of 1992. The
Health Benefit Act established rules for the payment of future health care
benefits for thousands of retired union mine workers and their dependents. The
Health Benefit Act established a trust fund to which "signatory operators" and
"related persons", including the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
(collectively, the "Pittston Companies"), are jointly and severally liable for
annual premiums for assigned beneficiaries, together with a pro rata share for
certain beneficiaries who never worked for such employers ("unassigned
beneficiaries"), in amounts determined on the basis set forth in the Health
Benefit Act. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, these amounts, on a pretax basis, were
approximately $9,600, $9,300 and $10,400, respectively. The Company currently
estimates that the annual liability under the Health Benefit Act for the
Pittston Companies' assigned beneficiaries will continue at approximately
$10,000 per year for the next several years and should begin to decline
thereafter as the number of such assigned beneficiaries decreases.

As a result of legal developments in 1998 involving the Health Benefit Act, the
Company experienced an increase in its assessments under the Health Benefit Act
for the twelve month period beginning October 1, 1998, approximating $1,700,
$1,100 of which relates to retroactive assessments for years prior to 1998. This
increase consists of charges for death benefits which are provided for by the
Health Benefit Act, but which previously have been covered by other funding
sources. As with all the Company's Health Benefit Act assessments, this amount
is to be paid in 12 equal monthly installments over the plan year beginning
October 1, 1998. The Company is unable to determine at this time whether any
other additional amounts will apply in future plan years.

Based on the number of beneficiaries actually assigned by the Social Security
Administration, the Company estimates the aggregate pretax liability relating to
the Pittston Companies' remaining beneficiaries at approximately $216,000, which
when discounted at 7.0% provides a present value estimate of approximately
$99,000. The Company accounts for its obligations under the Health Benefit Act
as a participant in a multi-employer plan and the annual cost is recognized on a
pay-as-you-go basis.


                                       41












In addition, under the Health Benefit Act, the Pittston Companies are jointly
and severally liable for certain post-retirement health benefits for thousands
of retired union mine workers and their dependents. Substantially all of the
Minerals Group's accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December
31, 1998 for retirees of $280,596 relates to such retired workers and their
beneficiaries.

The ultimate obligation that will be incurred by the Company could be
significantly affected by, among other things, increased medical costs,
decreased number of beneficiaries, governmental funding arrangements and such
federal health benefit legislation of general application as may be enacted. In
addition, the Health Benefit Act requires the Pittston Companies to fund, pro
rata according to the total number of assigned beneficiaries, a portion of the
health benefits for unassigned beneficiaries. At this time, the funding for such
health benefits is being provided from another source and for this and other
reasons the Pittston Companies' ultimate obligation for the unassigned
beneficiaries cannot be determined.

16. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER (CREDITS) CHARGES, INCLUDING LITIGATION ACCRUAL

Refer to Note 19 for a discussion of the benefit of the reversal of a litigation
accrual related to the Evergreen case of $35,650 in 1996.

At December 31, 1998, Pittston Coal had a liability of $25,213 for various
restructuring costs which was recorded as restructuring and other charges in the
Statement of Operations in years prior to 1995. Although coal production has
ceased at the mines remaining in the accrual, Pittston Coal will incur
reclamation and environmental costs for several years to bring these properties
into compliance with federal and state environmental laws. However, management
believes that the reserve, as adjusted, at December 31, 1998, should be
sufficient to provide for these future costs. Management does not anticipate
material additional future charges to operating earnings for these facilities,
although continual cash funding will be required over the next several years.

The initiation, in 1996, of a state tax credit for coal produced in Virginia,
along with favorable labor negotiations and improved metallurgical market
conditions for medium volatile coal, led management to continue operating an
underground mine and a related coal preparation and loading facility previously
included in the restructuring reserve. As a result of these decisions, Pittston
Coal reversed $11,649 of the reserve in 1996. As a result of favorable workers'
compensation claim developments, Pittston Coal reversed $1,479 and $3,104 in
1998 and 1997, respectively. The 1996 reversal included $4,778 related to
estimated mine and plant closures, primarily reclamation, and $6,871 in employee
severance and other benefit costs.

The following table analyzes the changes in liabilities during the last three
years for facility closure costs recorded as restructuring and other charges:



                                                              Employee
                                                     Mine  Termination,
                                        Leased        and      Medical
                                     Machinery      Plant          and
                                           and    Closure    Severance
(In thousands)                       Equipment      Costs        Costs    Total
================================================================================
                                                               
Balance December 31, 1995              $ 1,218     28,983       36,077   66,278
Reversals                                   --      4,778        6,871   11,649
Payments (a)                               842      5,499        3,921   10,262
Other reductions (b)                        --      6,267          --     6,267
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1996                  376     12,439       25,285   38,100
Reversals                                   --         --        3,104    3,104
Payments (c)                               376      1,764        2,010    4,150
Other                                       --        468         (468)      --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1997              $    --     11,143       19,703   30,846
Reversals                                   --         --        1,479    1,479
Payments (d)                                --      1,238        1,917    3,155
Other reductions (b)                        --        999           --      999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1998              $    --      8,906       16,307   25,213
================================================================================


(a) Of the total payments made in 1996, $5,119 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $485 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $4,658 was
for liabilities recorded in 1994.

(b) These amounts represent the assumption of liabilities by third parties as a
result of sales transactions.

(c) Of the total payments made in 1997, $3,053 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $125 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $972 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

(d) Of the total payments made in 1998, $2,491 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $10 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $654 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.


During the next twelve months, expected cash funding of these charges will be
approximately $3,000 to $5,000. The liability for mine and plant closure costs
is expected to be satisfied over the next eight years, of which approximately
34% is expected to be paid over the next two years. The liability for workers'
compensation is estimated to be 42% settled over the next four years with the
balance paid during the following five to eight years.

17. OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Other operating income generally includes royalty income, gains on sales of
assets and litigation settlements.


                                       42












18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Minerals Group implemented SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," in the financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131 superseded SFAS No. 14, "Financial
Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131 requires
publicly-held companies to report financial and descriptive information about
operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders for interim
and annual periods.

The SFAS also requires additional disclosures with respect to products and
services, geographic areas of operation and major customers. The adoption of
SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or financial position, but did
affect the disclosure of segment information.

The Minerals Group includes two business units: Pittston Coal and Mineral
Ventures. These two business units are made up of three reportable segments as
follows: Coal Operations, Allied Operations and Mineral Ventures. Management has
determined these reportable segments based on how resources are allocated and
how operational decisions are made. Segment performance is evaluated based on
operating profit, excluding corporate allocations. See Note 2 for a description
of such allocations. The Coal Operations segment primarily includes the coal
mining business of Pittston Coal. Pittston Coal produces and markets low sulphur
steam coal used for the generation of electricity and high quality metallurgical
coal for steel production worldwide. The Allied Operations segment within
Pittston Coal primarily includes results of the timber and natural gas
businesses. The Mineral Ventures segment primarily includes the gold mining
business at Stawell mine.

Geographic revenues and long-lived assets are based on the location of the
entity providing the product and the location of the asset, respectively.

Net sales by operating segment are as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                              $ 495,303    604,140    670,121
   Allied Operations                                7,999      8,767      7,272
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                               503,302    612,907    677,393
Mineral Ventures                                   15,333     17,719     19,120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total net sales (a)                             $ 518,635    630,626    696,513
================================================================================


(a) Includes US revenues of $503,302, $612,907 and $677,393 in 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

The Minerals Group's portion of the Company's operating profit is as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Pittston Coal:
Coal Operations (a)                              $ (3,581)     5,274     13,131
Allied Operations                                   6,788      6,943      6,903
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                                 3,207     12,217     20,034
Mineral Ventures (b)                               (1,031)    (2,070)     1,619
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minerals Group's segment
  operating profit                                  2,176     10,147     21,653
Corporate expenses allocated to the
  Minerals Group                                   (8,316)    (5,988)    (6,555)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating profit (loss)                    $ (6,140)     4,159     15,098
================================================================================


(a) Operating profit includes a benefit from restructuring and other credits,
including litigation accrual aggregating $1,479, $3,104 and $47,299 in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively (Note 16). Operating profit in 1996 also includes a
charge of $29,948 related to the adoption of FAS 121 (Note 1).

(b) Includes equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates of $438 in
1998, ($671) in 1997 and $302 in 1996.

The Minerals Group's portion of the Company's assets at year end is as follows:



                                                              As of December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                              $ 513,385    536,572    582,540
   Allied Operations                               15,083     13,004     12,232
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                               528,468    549,576    594,772
Mineral Ventures (a)                               18,733     20,432     22,826
Minerals Group's portion of
  corporate assets                                 94,263     84,174     89,383
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets (b)                                $ 641,464    654,182    706,981
================================================================================


(a) Includes investments in unconsolidated equity affiliates of $5,034, $6,349
and $8,408 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(b) Includes long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment) located in the US
of $142,155, $161,817 and $160,259 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.


                                       43












Other segment information is as follows:



                                                              As of December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                               $ 17,805     20,306     17,416
   Allied Operations                                3,416      1,979      1,465
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal Company                        21,221     22,285     18,881
Mineral Ventures                                    4,282      4,544      3,714
Allocated general corporate                           175        184      1,785
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capital expenditures                       $ 25,678     27,013     24,380
================================================================================
DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION:
Pittston Coal:
   Coal Operations                                $32,053     34,303     33,675
   Allied Operations                                1,219      1,048        957
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Pittston Coal                                33,275     35,351     34,632
Mineral Ventures                                    2,735      1,968      1,856
Allocated general corporate expense                   206        196        136
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total depreciation, depletion and
   Amortization                                  $ 36,216     37,515     36,624
================================================================================



                                                                 At December 31
                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Long-Lived Assets:
United States                                   $ 142,155    161,817    160,259
Australia                                           9,296      8,366      8,372
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-lived assets                         $ 151,451    170,183    168,631
================================================================================



In 1998, 1997 and 1996, net sales to one customer of the Coal segment amounted
to approximately $140,000, $178,000 and $150,000, respectively.

19. LITIGATION

In April 1990, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve
certain environmental claims against the Company arising from hydrocarbon
contamination at a petroleum terminal facility ("Tankport") in Jersey City, New
Jersey, which operations were sold in 1993. Under the settlement agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay 80% of the remediation costs. Based on data
available to the Company and its environmental consultants, the Company
estimates its portion of the cleanup costs on an undiscounted basis using
existing technologies to be between $6,600 and $11,200 and to be incurred over a
period of up to five years. Management is unable to determine that any amount
within that range is a better estimate due to a variety of uncertainties, which
include the extent of the contamination at the site, the permitted technologies
for remediation and the regulatory standards by which the cleanup will be
conducted. The estimate of costs and the timing of payments could change as a
result of changes to the remediation plan required, changes in the technology
available to treat the site, unforeseen circumstances existing at the site and
additional cost inflation.

The Company commenced insurance coverage litigation in 1990, in the United
States District of New Jersey, seeking a declaratory judgement that all amounts
payable by the Company pursuant to the Tankport obligation were reimbursable
under comprehensive general liability and pollution liability policies
maintained by the Company. In August 1995, the District Court ruled on various
Motions for Summary Judgement. In its decision, the Court found favorably for
the Company on several matters relating to the comprehensive general liability
policies but concluded that the pollution liability policies did not contain
pollution coverage for the types of claims associated with the Tankport site. On
appeal, the Third Circuit reversed the District Court and held that the insurers
could not deny coverage for the reasons stated by the District Court, and the
case was remanded to the District Court for trial. In the latter part of 1998,
the Company concluded a settlement with its comprehensive general liability
insurer and has settlements with three other groups of insurers. If these
agreements are consummated, only one group of insurers will be remaining in this
coverage action. In the event the parties are unable to settle the dispute with
this group of insurers, the case is scheduled to be tried in June 1999.
Management and its outside legal counsel continue to believe that recovery of a
substantial portion of the cleanup costs will ultimately be probable of
realization. Accordingly, based on estimates of potential liability, probable
realization of insurance recoveries, related developments of New Jersey law and
the Third Circuit's decision, it is the Company's belief that the ultimate
amount that it would be liable for related to the remediation of the Tankport
site will not significantly adversely impact the Minerals Group's results of
operations or financial position.

In 1988, the trustees of the 1950 Benefit Trust Funds and the 1974 Pension
Benefit Trust Fund (the "Trust Funds") established under collective bargaining
agreements with the UMWA brought an action (the "Evergreen Case") against the
Company and a number of its coal subsidiaries in the United States District
Court for the District of Columbia, claiming that the defendants are obligated
to contribute to such Trust Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1988
and subsequent National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements, to which neither the
Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a signatory. The Company recognized in
1993 in its financial statements for the Minerals Group the potential liability
that might have resulted from an ultimate adverse judgment in the Evergreen Case
(Notes 15 and 16).

In late March 1996 a settlement was reached in the Evergreen Case. Under the
terms of the settlement, the coal subsidiaries which had been signatories to
earlier National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements agreed to make various lump sum
payments in full satisfaction of all amounts allegedly due to the Trust Funds
through January 31, 1996, to be paid over time as follows: approximately $25,800
upon dismissal of the Evergreen


                                       44












Case and the remainder of $24,000 in installments of $7,000 in 1996 and $8,500
in each of 1997 and 1998. The first payment was entirely funded through an
escrow account previously established by the Company. The second, third and
fourth (last) payments of $7,000 and $8,500 were paid according to schedule and
were funded by cash flows from operating activities. In addition, the coal
subsidiaries agreed to future participation in the UMWA 1974 Pension Plan.

As a result of the settlement of these cases at an amount lower than previously
accrued, the Company and the Minerals Group recorded a pretax gain of $35,650
($23,173 after-tax) in the first quarter of 1996 in its financial statements.

20. COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 1998, the Minerals Group had contractual commitments for third
parties to contract mine or provide coal to the Minerals Group. Based on the
contract provisions these commitments are currently estimated to aggregate
approximately $202,033 and expire from 1999 through 2005 as follows:


                  
          1999       $ 60,563
          2000         38,186
          2001         38,036
          2002         38,036
          2003         13,814
          2004          7,656
          2005          5,742


Spending under the contracts was $72,086 in 1998, $91,119 in 1997 and $99,161 in
1996.

21. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, there were net cash tax
refunds of $20,983, $25,891 and $29,324, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, cash payments for interest
were $9,946, $10,575 and $10,746, respectively.

22. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Tabulated below are certain data for each quarter of 1998 and 1997. The first
three quarters of 1997 net income per share amounts have been restated to comply
with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share."



                                        1st         2nd         3rd         4th
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
1998 QUARTERS:
Net sales                         $ 149,898     134,408     126,567     107,762
Gross profit (loss)                   5,734       1,130       1,419      (3,442)
Net income (loss) (a)                (1,243)       (797)      2,038          45

Net income (loss) per Minerals Group
   common share:
   Basic (a)                         $ (.26)       (.20)        .14        (.10)
   Diluted                             (.26)       (.20)        .14        (.10)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 QUARTERS:
Net sales                         $ 158,883     157,812     150,998     162,933
Gross profit                          5,471       3,976       6,660       5,494
Net income (loss) (a)                   947      (1,163)        972       3,472

Net income (loss) per Minerals Group
   common share:
   Basic (a)                          $ .01        (.26)        .02         .32
   Diluted                              .01        (.26)        .02         .32
================================================================================


(a) The fourth quarters of 1998 and 1997 include the reversal of excess
restructuring liabilities of $1,479 ($961 after-tax; $0.11 per share) and $3,104
($2,018 after-tax; $0.25 per share), respectively.

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Effective March 15, 1999, under the Company's preferred share purchase program,
the Company purchased 84 shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock for $250 per
share at a total cost approximating $21,000. The excess of the carrying amount
over the cash paid for the repurchase was approximately $19,000. In addition, on
March 12, 1999, the Board authorized an increase in the remaining authority to
repurchase Convertible Preferred Stock by $4,300.

As discussed in Note 12, the Available Minerals Dividend Amount is impacted by
activity that affects shareholders' equity or the fair value of net assets of
the Minerals Group. The purchase amount noted above reduces the Available
Minerals Dividend Amount as currently calculated. Accordingly, the purchase of
the Convertible Preferred Stock plus recent financial performance of the
Minerals Group is expected to significantly reduce or eliminate the ability to
pay dividends on the Minerals Group Common Stock.


                                       45












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA




FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW
(In thousands, except per share amounts)                    1998           1997           1996           1995           1994
==============================================================================================================================
                                                                                                          
SALES AND INCOME (a):
Net sales and operating revenues                     $ 3,746,882      3,394,398      3,091,195      2,914,441      2,667,275
Net income (b)                                            66,056        110,198        104,154         97,972         26,897
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL POSITION (a):
Net property, plant and equipment                    $   849,883        647,642        540,851        486,168        445,834
Total assets                                           2,331,137      1,995,944      1,832,603      1,807,372      1,737,778
Long-term debt, less current maturities                  323,308        191,812        158,837        133,283        138,071
Shareholders' equity                                     736,028        685,618        606,707        521,979        447,815
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (c), (d):
Pittston Brink's Group basic                              38,713         38,273         38,200         37,931         37,784
Pittston Brink's Group diluted                            39,155         38,791         38,682         38,367         38,192
Pittston BAX Group basic                                  19,333         19,448         19,223         18,966         18,892
Pittston BAX Group diluted                                19,333         19,993         19,681         19,596         19,436
Pittston Minerals Group basic                              8,324          8,076          7,897          7,786          7,594
Pittston Minerals Group diluted                            8,324          8,102          9,884         10,001          7,594
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING (c):
Pittston Brink's Group                                    40,961         41,130         41,296         41,574         41,595
Pittston BAX Group                                        20,825         20,378         20,711         20,787         20,798
Pittston Minerals Group                                    9,186          8,406          8,406          8,406          8,390
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER PITTSTON BRINK'S GROUP COMMON SHARE (c), (d):
Basic net income (b)                                 $      2.04           1.92           1.56           1.35           1.10
Diluted net income (b)                                      2.02           1.90           1.54           1.33           1.09
Cash dividends                                               .10            .10            .10            .09            .09
Book value (f)                                             11.87           9.91           8.21           6.81           5.70
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER PITTSTON BAX GROUP COMMON SHARE (c), (d):
Basic net income (loss)                                    (0.68)          1.66           1.76           1.73           2.03
Diluted net income (loss)                                  (0.68)          1.62           1.72           1.68           1.97
Cash dividends                                               .24            .24            .24            .22            .22
Book value (f)                                             15.83          16.59          15.70          14.30          12.74
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER PITTSTON MINERALS GROUP COMMON SHARE (c), (d):
Basic net income (loss) (e)                          $     (0.42)          0.09           1.14           1.45          (7.50)
Diluted net income (loss) (e)                              (0.42)          0.09           1.08           1.40          (7.50)
Cash dividends (g)                                           .24            .65            .65            .65            .65
Book value (f)                                             (9.50)         (8.94)         (8.38)         (9.46)        (10.74)
==============================================================================================================================


(a) See Management's Discussion and Analysis for a discussion of Brink's
acquisitions, BAX Global's additional expenses and special consulting costs and
Pittston Coal's disposition of assets.

(b) As of January 1, 1992, Brink's Home Security, Inc. ("BHS") elected to
capitalize categories of costs not previously capitalized for home security
installations to more accurately reflect subscriber installation costs. The
effect of this change in accounting principle was to increase income before
cumulative effect of accounting changes and net income of the Company and the
Brink's Group by $3,852 or $0.10 per basic and diluted share of Brink's Stock in
1998, $3,213 in 1997, $2,723 in 1996, $2,720 in 1995 and $2,486 in 1994. The net
income per basic and diluted share impact for 1994 through 1996 was $0.07 and
for 1997 was $0.08.

(c) All share and per share data presented reflects the completion of the
Brink's Stock Proposal which occurred on January 18, 1996.

Shares outstanding at the end of the period include shares outstanding under
the Company's Employee Benefits Trust. For the Pittston Brink's Group (the
"Brink's Group"), such shares totaled 2,076 shares, 2,734 shares, 3,141 shares,
3,553 shares and 3,779 shares at December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. For the Pittston BAX Group (the "BAX Group"), such shares totaled
1,858 shares, 868 shares, 1,280 shares, 1,777 shares and 1,890 shares at
December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. For the Pittston
Minerals Group (the "Minerals Group"), such shares totaled 766 shares, 232
shares, 424 shares, 594 shares and 723 shares at December 31, 1998, 1997,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Average shares outstanding do not include
these shares.

The initial dividends on Brink's Stock and BAX Stock were paid on March 1, 1996.
dividends paid by the Company on Services Stock have been attributed to the
Brink's Group and the BAX Group in relation to the initial dividends paid on the
Brink's and BAX Stocks.

(d) The net income per share amounts prior to 1997 have been restated, as
required, to comply with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings Per Share." For further discussion of net income per share, see Note 8
to the Financial Statements.

(e) For the year ended December 31, 1994, diluted net income per share is
considered to be the same as basic since the effect of stock options and the
assumed conversion of preferred stock was antidilutive.

(f) Calculated based on shareholder's equity, excluding amounts attributable to
preferred stock, and on the number of shares outstanding at the end of the
period excluding shares outstanding under the Company's Employee Benefits Trust.

(g) Cash dividends per share reflect a per share dividend of $.1625 declared in
the first quarter of 1998 (based on an annual rate of $.65 per share) and three
per share dividends of $.025 declared in each of the following 1998 quarters
(based on an annual rate of $.10 per share).


                                       47












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
FINANCIAL CONDITION


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Years Ended December 31
(in thousands)                                     1998        1997        1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Net sales and operating revenues:
  Brink's                                   $ 1,247,681     921,851     754,011
  BHS                                           203,586     179,583     155,802
  BAX Global                                  1,776,980   1,662,338   1,484,869
  Pittston Coal                                 503,302     612,907     677,393
  Mineral Ventures                               15,333      17,719      19,120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales and operating
   revenues                                 $ 3,746,882   3,394,398   3,091,195
================================================================================
Operating profit (loss):
  Brink's                                   $    98,420      81,591      56,823
  BHS                                            53,032      52,844      44,872
  BAX Global                                       (628)     63,264      64,604
  Pittston Coal                                   3,207      12,217      20,034
  Mineral Ventures                               (1,031)     (2,070)      1,619
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Segment operating profit                      153,000     207,846     187,952
  General corporate expense                     (27,857)    (19,718)    (21,445)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit                            $   125,143     188,128     166,507
================================================================================



The Pittston Company (the "Company") reported net income of $66.1 million in
1998 compared with net income of $110.2 million in 1997. Revenues in 1998
increased $352.5 million (10%) compared to 1997. Operating profit totaled $125.1
million in 1998, a decrease of $63.0 million over the prior year. Operating
profit in 1998 included approximately $36 million of additional expenses at BAX
Global which related to the termination or rescoping of certain information
technology projects, increased provisions on existing accounts receivable and
other costs primarily related to severance expenses associated with BAX Global's
redesign of its organizational structure. Net income in 1998 benefited from
increased operating results at the Company's Brink's, Incorporated ("Brink's"),
Brink's Home Security, Inc. ("BHS") and Pittston Mineral Ventures ("Mineral
Ventures") businesses. These increases were more than offset by lower operating
results at the Company's BAX Global Inc. ("BAX Global") and Pittston Coal
Company ("Pittston Coal") businesses, and by higher corporate expenses.

Net income for the Company for 1997 was $110.2 million compared with $104.2
million for 1996. Revenues in 1997 increased $303.2 million (10%) compared to
1996. Operating profit totaled $188.1 million for 1997, compared with $166.5
million for 1996. Net income and operating profit for 1996 included three
significant items which impacted Pittston Coal: a benefit from the settlement of
the Evergreen case at an amount lower than previously accrued ($35.7 million or
$23.2 million after-tax), a charge related to a new accounting standard
regarding the impairment of long-lived assets ($29.9 million or $19.5 million
after-tax) and the reversal of excess restructuring liabilities ($11.7 million
or $7.6 million after-tax). Net income in 1997 benefited from increased
operating profits at Brink's and BHS, partially offset by lower operating
results at BAX Global, Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures.

The following is a discussion of the operating results for Pittston's five
segments: Brink's, BHS, BAX Global, Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures.

BRINK'S

Brink's worldwide consolidated revenues totaled $1.2 billion in 1998 compared to
$921.9 million in 1997, a 35% increase. Brink's 1998 operating profit of $98.4
million represented a 21% increase over the $81.6 million of operating profit
reported in 1997.

The increase in Brink's worldwide revenues and operating profits in 1998 as
compared to 1997 primarily reflects growth in North America and Europe. North
America experienced continued strong performance of its armored car business,
which includes ATM services. The increase in European revenue was primarily due
to the acquisition of substantially all of the remaining shares (62%) of the
Brink's affiliate in France in the first quarter of 1998 (discussed below) and
its subsidiary in Germany (50%) in the second quarter of 1998. The increase in
European operating profits primarily reflects improved results from operations
in France, as well as the increased ownership. Operating results during 1998
were negatively impacted by lower profits from Latin America primarily due to an
equity loss from Brink's affiliate in Mexico and costs associated with start-up
operations in Argentina.

Brink's worldwide consolidated revenues totaled $921.9 million in 1997 compared
to $754.0 million in 1996, a 22% increase. Brink's 1997 operating profit of
$81.6 million represented a 44% increase over the $56.8 million of operating
profit reported in 1996.

The increase in Brink's worldwide revenues in 1997 over 1996 reflects growth
across all geographic regions while operating profit increases in 1997 reflect
improved results in all regions except Asia/Pacific. Increases in revenues and
operating profits in North America were due to strong performance in most
product lines. The improvement in European revenues and operating profits in
1997 was due to strong results in most European countries, partially offset by
lower results from the then 38% owned affiliate in France. Increases in revenues
and operating profit in Latin America were primarily due to the consolidation of
the results of Brink's Venezuelan subsidiary,


                                       48












Custodia y Traslado de Valores, C.A. ("Custravalca"), where Brink's increased
its ownership from 15% to 61% in January 1997.

BHS

Revenues for BHS increased by $24.0 million (13%) to $203.6 million in 1998 from
$179.6 million in 1997. Revenues in 1997 were $23.8 million (15%) higher than
the $155.8 million earned in 1996. The increase in revenues in both years was
predominantly the result of higher ongoing monitoring and service revenues
caused by growth of the subscriber base (14% in 1998 and 15% in 1997), as well
as higher average monitoring fees. As a result of such growth, monthly recurring
revenues grew 17% and 21%, in the 1998 and 1997 periods, respectively.
Installation revenue for 1998 and 1997 decreased 4% and 3%, respectively, over
the earlier year. While the number of new security system installations
increased, the revenue per installation decreased in response to continuing
competitive pricing pressures.

Operating profit increased $0.2 million and $8.0 in 1998 and 1997, respectively,
as compared to a year earlier. The increase in 1997 operating profit over that
of 1996 includes an $8.9 million reduction in depreciation expense resulting
from a change in estimate (discussed below.) Operating profit in both 1998 and
1997 was favorably impacted by the monitoring and servicing revenue increases
mentioned above. However, this benefit was largely offset by upfront marketing
and sales costs incurred and expensed in connection with obtaining new
subscribers, combined with lower levels of installation revenue. Both of these
factors are a consequence of the continuing competitive environment in the
residential security market. Management expects to slow the relative increase of
these upfront costs during 1999 through intensified focus on marketing and sales
efficiencies.

It is BHS' policy to depreciate capitalized subscriber installation expenditures
over the estimated life of the security system based on subscriber retention
percentages. BHS initially developed its annual depreciation rate based on
information about subscriber retention which was available at the time. However,
accumulated historical data about actual subscriber retention has indicated that
subscribers remained active for longer periods of time than originally
estimated. Therefore, in order to reflect the higher demonstrated retention of
subscribers, and to more accurately match depreciation expense with monthly
recurring revenue generated from active subscribers, beginning in the first
quarter of 1997, BHS prospectively adjusted its annual depreciation rate from 10
to 15 years for capitalized subscriber installation costs. BHS will continue its
practice of charging the remaining net book value of all capitalized subscriber
installation expenditures to depreciation expense as soon as a system is
identified for disconnection. This change in estimate reduced depreciation
expense for capitalized installation costs in 1997 by $8.9 million.

As of January 1, 1992, BHS elected to capitalize categories of costs not
previously capitalized for home security installations. The additional costs not
previously capitalized consisted of costs for installation labor and related
benefits for supervisory, installation scheduling, equipment testing and other
support personnel and costs incurred in maintaining facilities and vehicles
dedicated to the installation process. The effect of this change in accounting
principle was to increase operating profit for the Brink's Group and the BHS
segment for 1998, 1997 and 1996 by $6.1 million, $4.9 million and $4.5 million,
respectively. The effect of this change increased diluted net income per common
share of the Brink's Stock by $0.10 in 1998, $0.08 in 1997 and $0.07 in 1996.

BAX GLOBAL INC.

Operating revenues in 1998 increased by 7% to $1.8 billion from $1.7 billion in
1997. BAX Global's operating loss of $0.6 million in 1998 represented a decrease
of $63.9 million from the operating profit of $63.3 million reported in 1997.
Operating profit in 1998 was negatively impacted by the aforementioned
additional expenses of approximately $36 million, which are discussed in more
detail below. Operating profit in 1997 included $12.5 million related to
consulting expenses for the redesign of BAX Global's business processes and new
information systems architecture.

Operating revenues during 1998 increased across all geographic regions.
Operating revenues in 1998 benefited from increases in non-expedited freight
services revenue which was due to the growth of supply chain management services
(formerly "logistics") abroad, along with revenues from a recently acquired
airline company discussed below. In addition, expedited freight services
revenues increased due to a 4% increase in pounds shipped, partially offset by a
2% decrease in yield on this volume in 1998 as compared to 1997. Lower average
yields in 1998 were a function of the higher average pricing in 1997, as well as
the negative impact of economic conditions in Asia resulting in less export
traffic in 1998 to the higher yielding Asian markets. Pricing in 1997 was
favorably impacted by shipment surcharges, as well as higher average pricing in
the USA due, in part, to the effects of a strike at United Parcel Service (the
"UPS Strike".)

In addition to the aforementioned additional expense of approximately $36
million, the operating loss in 1998 was negatively impacted by higher levels of
transportation and operating costs in the USA associated with additional
capacity in


                                       49












anticipation of higher volumes, coupled with higher global information
technology ("IT") costs including expenditures for Year 2000 initiatives. In
addition, operating profit in 1997 included benefits from the UPS Strike.

Total operating revenues in 1997 increased by 12% to $1.7 billion from $1.5
billion in 1996. BAX Global's operating profit of $63.3 million in 1997
represented a decrease of $1.3 million from the operating profit of $64.6
million reported in 1996. Operating profit in 1997 included the previously
mentioned $12.5 million of special consulting expenses.

Operating revenues in 1997 increased across all geographic regions due primarily
to increases in worldwide expedited freight services pounds shipped (9%),
combined with an overall increase (2%) in yield on this volume. Higher average
yields were impacted by shipment surcharges, as well as higher average pricing
in the USA from the effects of the UPS Strike. Increases in volumes were
impacted by the UPS Strike and by increases in USA exports. In addition,
revenues during 1997 reflect increases in supply chain management services,
primarily the result of the acquisition of an international supply chain
management provider, discussed below.

Operating profit in 1997 was favorably impacted by the UPS Strike and by
improved margins on USA exports, while 1996 operating profit benefited from the
reduction in US Federal excise tax liabilities. These benefits in 1997 were
partially offset by higher transportation expenses in the USA associated with
additional capacity designed to improve on-time customer service and $12.5
million of special consulting expenses.

During early 1997, BAX Global began an extensive review of the company's IT
strategy. Through this review, senior management from around the world developed
a new global strategy to improve business processes with an emphasis on new
information systems intended to enhance productivity and improve the company's
competitive position, as well as address and remediate the company's Year 2000
compliance issues. The company ultimately committed up to $120 million to be
spent from 1997 to early 2000 to improve information systems and complete Year
2000 initiatives.

However, in conjunction with priorities established by BAX Global's new
president and chief executive officer, who joined the company in June 1998,
senior management re-examined its global IT strategy. It was determined that the
critical IT objectives to be accomplished by the end of 1999 were Year 2000
compliance and the consolidation and integration of certain key operating and
financial systems, supplemented by process improvement initiatives to enhance
these efforts. As a result of this re-examination, senior management determined
that certain non-critical, in-process IT software development projects that were
begun in late 1997 under the BAX Process Innovation ("BPI") project would be
terminated. Therefore, costs relating to these projects, which had previously
been capitalized, were written off during the third quarter of 1998. Also as a
result of this re-examination, certain existing software applications were found
to have no future service potential or value. The combined carrying amount of
these assets, which were written off, approximated $16 million. It is
management's belief at this time that the current ongoing information technology
initiatives that originated from the previously mentioned BPI project are
necessary and will be successfully completed and implemented. Such costs are
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 1998.

BAX Global recorded additional provisions aggregating approximately $13 million
in the third quarter of 1998 related to existing accounts receivable. These
provisions were needed primarily as the result of the deterioration of the
economic and operating environments in certain international markets, primarily
Asia/Pacific and Latin America. As a result of a comprehensive review of
accounts receivables, undertaken in response to that deterioration, such
accounts receivable were not considered cost effective to pursue further and/or
improbable of collection. The majority of the additional provisions were
included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of
operations.

During the third quarter of 1998, BAX Global recorded severance and other
expenses of approximately $7 million. The majority of these expenses related to
an organizational realignment proposed by newly elected senior management which
included a resource streamlining initiative that required the elimination,
consolidation or restructuring of approximately 180 employee positions. The
positions reside primarily in the USA and in BAX Global's Atlantic region and
include administrative and management-level positions. The estimated costs of
severance benefits for terminated employees are expected to be paid through
mid-1999. At this time management has no plans to institute further
organizational changes which would require significant costs related to
involuntary terminations. The related charge has been included in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations for the year
ended December 31, 1998.

The recent deterioration of economic conditions primarily in Latin America and
Asia/Pacific have impacted the financial results of BAX Global through the
accrual of additional provisions for receivables in those regions in the second,
third and fourth quarters of 1998. The potential for further deterioration of
the economies in those regions could negatively impact the company's results of
operations in the future.

On April 30, 1998, BAX Global acquired the privately held Air Transport
International LLC ("ATI") for approximately $29 million in a transaction
accounted for as a purchase. ATI is a US-based


                                       50












freight and passenger airline which operates a certificated fleet of DC-8
aircraft providing services to BAX Global and other customers. The ATI
acquisition is part of BAX Global's strategy to improve the quality of its
service offerings for its customers by increasing its control over flight
operations. As a result of this transaction, BAX Global suspended its efforts to
start up its own certificated airline carrier operations.

In June 1997, BAX Global completed its acquisition of Cleton & Co. ("Cleton"), a
leading logistics provider in the Netherlands. BAX Global acquired Cleton for
the equivalent of US $10.7 million in cash and the assumption of the equivalent
of US $10.0 million of debt. Additional contingent payments ranging from the
current equivalent of US $0 to US $3.0 million will be paid over the next two
years based on certain performance criteria of Cleton.

PITTSTON COAL

Net sales for 1998 amounted to $503.3 million compared to $612.9 million in
1997, a decrease of $109.6 million (18%). Operating profit of $3.2 million in
1998 represented a $9.0 million decrease (74%) from the $12.2 million operating
profit reported in 1997. Operating loss in 1998 included the benefit of $1.5
million from the reversal of excess restructuring liabilities.

Net sales in 1998 were negatively impacted by a decrease of 3.7 million tons of
coal sold (18%), primarily resulting from lower production levels caused by the
disposition of certain steam coal producing assets discussed below. The
disposition of these assets also created a change in the overall sales mix with
steam coal sales representing 58% of total volume in 1998 as compared to 63% in
1997. This favorably impacted overall realization per ton as a higher percentage
of sales were from metallurgical coal which generally has a higher realization
per ton than steam coal. However, overall coal margin per ton decreased 6% from
$2.23 per ton to $2.09 per ton due to the corresponding changes in the
production mix which resulted in a greater proportion of deep mine production
which is generally more costly, combined with a decrease in metallurgical coal
margins. Metallurgical coal margins were negatively impacted by lower
realizations per ton resulting from lower negotiated pricing with metallurgical
contract customers caused by softened market conditions. Management does not
anticipate a significant recovery of this market during 1999.

The change in operating profit during 1998 was primarily due to the negative
impact of lower overall coal margin per ton. This was partially offset, however,
by favorable impacts resulting from higher gains on sales of assets ($3.2
million, discussed below) and a gain on a litigation settlement ($2.6 million)
recorded in 1998. Coal Operations anticipates that certain long-term benefit
obligation costs will significantly increase in 1999.

Net sales for 1997 amounted to $612.9 million compared to $677.4 million in
1996, a decrease of $64.5 million (10%). Operating profit in 1997 of $12.2
million represented a $7.8 million decrease from the $20.0 million reported in
1996.

Net sales during 1997 decreased due to an 11% (2.5 million tons) decrease in the
tons of coal sold, slightly offset by higher average realizations per ton. The
reduction in tonnage was due to the expiration of certain long-term steam coal
contracts coupled with reduced spot sales. Steam coal sales represented 63% and
65% of total volume in 1997 and 1996, respectively. Average steam realization
per ton increased during 1998 due to price escalation provisions in existing
long-term contracts, while the metallurgical coal realization per ton decreased
due to lower average price settlements with metallurgical customers.

Operating profit in 1997 included a benefit of $3.1 million from the reversal of
excess restructuring liabilities. Operating results in 1996 included a benefit
of $35.7 million from the settlement of the Evergreen case at an amount lower
than previously accrued in 1993 and a benefit from the reversal of excess
restructuring liabilities of $11.7 million. These 1996 benefits were offset, in
part, by a $29.9 million charge related to the adoption of a new accounting
standard regarding the impairment of long-lived assets. The charge is included
in cost of sales ($26.3 million) and selling, general and administrative
expenses ($3.6 million). All three of these items are discussed in greater
detail below.

After considering the above items, operating profit increased $6.4 million in
1997 primarily due to the higher level of coal margin per ton, which increased
to $2.23 per ton in 1997 from $1.54 per ton in 1996. This was due to a
combination of the increase in realization per ton discussed above and a
decrease in the current production cost per ton of coal sold. Production costs
in 1997 were favorably impacted by lower surface mine costs and decreases in
employee benefit and reclamation liabilities. Offsetting the increase in coal
margin was a decrease in other operating income which is due to the inclusion in
1996 of a one-time benefit of $3.0 million from a litigation settlement.


                                       51












During 1998, Pittston Coal continued its program of disposing of idle and
under-performing assets in order to improve overall returns, generate cash and
reduce its reclamation activities. In connection with this, Pittston Coal
disposed of certain assets and properties during 1998 that resulted in a net
pre-tax gain of $3.2 million. In the second quarter of 1998, Pittston Coal sold
a surface steam mine, coal supply contracts and limited coal reserves of its
Elkay mining operation in West Virginia. The referenced mine produced
approximately one million tons of steam coal in 1998 prior to cessation of
operations in April 1998. Total cash proceeds from the sale approximated $18
million, resulting in a pre-tax loss of approximately $2.2 million. This loss
includes approximately $2.0 million of inventory write-downs (included in cost
of sales) related to coal which can no longer be blended with other coals
produced from these disposed assets. In addition, during the third quarter of
1998, Pittston Coal sold two idle coal properties in West Virginia and a loading
dock in Kentucky for a pre-tax gain totaling $5.4 million.

As earlier reported, Pittston Coal had begun to develop a major underground
metallurgical coal mine on company-owned reserves in Virginia. Due to the
previously discussed uncertainty in the metallurgical export market, the
development of this mine has been delayed.

A controversy related to a method of mining called "mountaintop removal" that
began in mid-1998 in West Virginia involving an unrelated party has resulted
in a suspension in the issuance of several mining permits. Due to the broadness
of the suspension, there has been a delay in Vandalia Resources,
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, being issued in a timely fashion
a mine permit necessary for its uninterrupted mining. Vandalia Resources is
actively pursuing the issuance of the permit, but the time frame of when, or if,
the permit will be issued is currently unknown. In light of the inability to
determine when, and if a permit will be issued, the effect of the delay in
obtaining this permit cannot be predicted. During the year ended December 31,
1998, mining operations which are pursuing this permit produced approximately
2.7 million tons of coal resulting in revenues of approximately $81.8 million.

At December 31, 1998, Pittston Coal had a liability of $25.2 million for various
restructuring costs which was recorded as restructuring and other charges in the
Statement of Operations in years prior to 1995. Although coal production has
ceased at the mines remaining in the accrual, Pittston Coal will incur
reclamation and environmental costs for several years to bring these properties
into compliance with federal and state environmental laws. However, management
believes that the reserve, as adjusted, at December 31, 1998, should be
sufficient to provide for these future costs. Management does not anticipate
material additional future charges for these facilities, although continual cash
funding will be required over the next several years.

The initiation, in 1996, of a state tax credit for coal produced in Virginia,
along with favorable labor negotiations and improved metallurgical market
conditions for medium volatile coal, led management to continue operating an
underground mine and a related coal preparation and loading facility previously
included in the restructuring reserve. As a result of these decisions, Pittston
Coal reversed $11.7 million of the reserve in 1996. The 1996 reversal included
$4.8 million related to estimated mine and plant closures, primarily
reclamation, and $6.9 million in employee severance and other benefit costs. As
a result of favorable workers' compensation claim development, Pittston Coal
reversed $1.5 million and $3.1 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The following table analyzes the changes in liabilities during the last three
years for restructuring and other charges:



                                                              Employee
                                                     Mine  Termination,
                                        Leased        and      Medical
                                     Machinery      Plant          and
                                           and    Closure    Severance
(In thousands)                       Equipment      Costs        Costs    Total
================================================================================
                                                               
Balance December 31, 1995              $ 1,218     28,983       36,077   66,278
Reversals                                   --      4,778        6,871   11,649
Payments (a)                               842      5,499        3,921   10,262
Other reductions (b)                        --      6,267           --    6,267
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1996                  376     12,439       25,285   38,100
Reversals                                   --         --        3,104    3,104
Payments (c)                               376      1,764        2,010    4,150
Other                                       --        468         (468)      --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1997                   --     11,143       19,703   30,846
Reversals                                   --         --        1,479    1,479
Payments (d)                                --      1,238        1,917    3,155
Other reductions (b)                        --        999           --      999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1998              $    --      8,906       16,307   25,213
================================================================================


(a) Of the total payments made in 1996, $5,119 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $485 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $4,658 was
for liabilities recorded in 1994.

(b) These amounts represent the assumption of liabilities by third parties as a
result of sales transactions.

(c) Of the total payments made in 1997, $3,053 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $125 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $972 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

(d) Of the total payments made in 1998, $2,491 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $10 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $654 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

During the next twelve months, expected cash funding of these charges will be
approximately $3.0 million to $5.0 million. The liability for mine and plant
closure costs is expected to be satisfied over the next eight years, of which
approximately 34% is expected to be paid over the next two years. The liability
for workers' compensation is estimated to be 42% settled over the next four
years with the balance paid during the following five to eight years.

In October 1992, the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992 (the
"Health Benefit Act") was enacted as part of the Energy Policy Act of 1992. The
Health Benefit Act established rules for the payment of future health care
benefits for thousands of retired union mine workers and their dependents. The
Health Benefit Act established a trust fund to which "signatory operators" and
"related persons", including the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
(collectively, the "Pittston Companies"), are jointly and severally liable for
annual premiums for assigned beneficiaries, together with a pro rata share for
certain beneficiaries who never worked for such employers ("unassigned
beneficiaries"), in amounts determined on the basis set forth in the Health
Benefit Act. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, these amounts, on a pretax basis, were
approximately $9.6 million, $9.3 million


                                       52












and $10.4 million, respectively. The Company currently estimates that the annual
cash funding under the Health Benefit Act for the Pittston Companies' assigned
beneficiaries will continue at approximately $10 million per year for the next
several years and should begin to decline thereafter as the number of such
assigned beneficiaries decreases.

As a result of legal developments in 1998 involving the Health Benefit Act, the
Company experienced an increase in its assessments under the Health Benefit Act
for the twelve month period beginning October 1, 1998, approximating $1.7
million, $1.1 million of which relates to retroactive assessments for years
prior to 1998. This increase consists of charges for death benefits which are
provided for by the Health Benefit Act, but which previously have been covered
by other funding sources. As with all the Company's Health Benefit Act
assessments, this amount is to be paid in 12 equal monthly installments over the
plan year beginning October 1, 1998. The Company is unable to determine at this
time whether any other additional amounts will apply in future plan years.

Based on the number of beneficiaries actually assigned by the Social Security
Administration, the Company estimates the aggregate pretax liability relating to
the Pittston Companies' beneficiaries remaining at December 31, 1998 at
approximately $216 million, which when discounted at 7.0% provides a present
value estimate of approximately $99 million. The Company accounts for its
obligations under the Health Benefit Act as a participant in a multi-employer
plan and the annual cost is recognized on a pay-as-you-go basis.

In addition, under the Health Benefit Act, the Pittston Companies are jointly
and severally liable for certain post-retirement health benefits for thousands
of retired union mine workers and their dependents. Substantially all of the
Company's accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1998
for retirees of $282.7 million relates to such retired workers and their
beneficiaries.

The ultimate obligation that will be incurred by the Company could be
significantly affected by, among other things, increased medical costs,
decreased number of beneficiaries, governmental funding arrangements and such
federal health benefit legislation of general application as may be enacted. In
addition, the Health Benefit Act requires the Pittston Companies to fund, pro
rata according to the total number of assigned beneficiaries, a portion of
health benefits for unassigned beneficiaries. At this time, the funding for such
health benefits is being provided from another source and for this and other
reasons the Pittston Companies' ultimate obligation for the unassigned
beneficiaries cannot be determined.

In 1988, the trustees of the 1950 Benefit Trust Fund and the 1974 Pension
Benefit Trust Funds (the "Trust Funds") established under collective bargaining
agreements with the UMWA brought an action (the "Evergreen Case") against the
Company and a number of its coal subsidiaries in the United States District
Court for the District of Columbia, claiming that the defendants are obligated
to contribute to such Trust Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1988
and subsequent National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements, to which neither the
Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a signatory. In 1993, the Minerals Group
recognized in their financial statements the potential liability that might have
resulted from an ultimate adverse judgment in the Evergreen Case.

In late March 1996, a settlement was reached in the Evergreen Case. Under the
terms of the settlement the coal subsidiaries which had been signatories to
earlier National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements agreed to make various lump sum
payments in full satisfaction of all amounts allegedly due to the Trust Funds
through January 31, 1996, to be paid over time as follows: approximately $25.8
million upon dismissal of the Evergreen Case and the remainder of $24.0 million
in installments of $7.0 million in 1996 and $8.5 million in each of 1997 and
1998. The first payment was entirely funded through an escrow account previously
established by the Company. The second, third and fourth (last) payments were
paid according to schedule and were funded from cash provided by operating
activities. In addition, the coal subsidiaries agreed to future participation in
the UMWA 1974 Pension Plan. As a result of the settlement of the Evergreen Case
at an amount lower than those previously accrued, the Minerals Group recorded a
benefit of approximately $35.7 million ($23.2 million after-tax) in the first
quarter of 1996 in its financial statements.

In 1996, the Minerals Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of". SFAS No. 121 requires companies to review
assets for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying amount
for an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 resulted in a pre-tax charge
to 1996 earnings for Pittston Coal of $29.9 million ($19.5 million after-tax),
of which $26.3 million was included in cost of sales and $3.6 million was
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Assets for which the
impairment loss was recognized consisted of property, plant and equipment,
advanced royalties and goodwill. These assets primarily related to mines
scheduled for closure in the near term and idled facilities and related
equipment. No material charges were incurred in 1998 or 1997.

The coal operating companies included within Pittston Coal are generally liable
under federal laws requiring payment of benefits to coal miners with
pneumoconiosis ("black lung"). The Black Lung Benefits Revenue Act of 1977 and
the Black Lung Benefits Reform Act of 1977 (the "1977 Act"), as amended by the
Black Lung Benefits and Revenue Amendments Act of 1981 (the "1981 Act"),
expanded the benefits for black lung disease and levied a tax on coal production
of $1.10 per ton for deep-mined coal and $0.55 per ton for surface-mined coal,
but not to exceed 4.4% of the sales price. In addition, the 1981 Act provides
that certain claims for which coal operations had previously been responsible
will be obligations of the government trust funded by the tax. The 1981 Act also
tightened standards set by the 1977 Act for establishing and maintaining
eligibility for benefits. The Revenue


                                       53












Act of 1987 extended the termination date of the tax from January 1, 1996 to the
earlier of January 1, 2014 or the date on which the government trust becomes
solvent. The Company cannot predict whether any future legislation effecting
changes in the tax will be enacted. A number of the subsidiaries of the Company
filed a civil action in the United States District court for the Eastern
District of Virginia asking the Court to find that the assessment of the black
lung tax on coal the Company subsidiaries sold to foreign customers for the
first quarter of 1997 was unconstitutional. On December 28, 1998, the District
court found the black lung tax, as assessed against foreign coal sales, to be
unconstitutional and entered judgment for the Company's subsidiaries in an
amount in excess of $0.7 million. The Company will seek a refund of the black
lung tax it paid on any of its foreign coal sales for periods as far back as
applicable statute of limitations will permit. The ultimate amounts and timing
of such refunds, if any, cannot be determined at the present time.

MINERAL VENTURES

Net sales during 1998 were $15.3 million, a decrease of $2.4 million (13%) from
the $17.7 million reported in 1997. The operating loss of $1.0 million in 1998
represents a $1.1 million improvement from the $2.1 million operating loss of
1997.

The decrease in net sales during 1998 was due to lower gold sales resulting from
declining gold prices in the market, partially offset by higher levels of gold
ounces sold. Operating profit during the same period was negatively impacted by
lower sales levels, but benefited from reduced production costs. Production
costs were lower in 1998 primarily due to a weaker Australian dollar, while
costs in 1997 were negatively impacted by unfavorable ground conditions and mine
repair costs. In addition, operating results in 1998 benefited from increased
equity earnings in its Australian affiliate resulting from a gain on the sale of
certain nickel operations.

Net sales during 1997 were $17.7 million, a decrease of $1.4 million (7%) from
the $19.1 million reported in 1996. The operating loss of $2.1 million in 1997
represents a $3.7 million decrease from the $1.6 million operating profit earned
in 1996.

The decrease in net sales during 1997 was due to lower gold sales. While gold
prices improved from 1996 to 1997, the lower level of gold ounces sold more than
offset the higher pricing. The reduction in operating profit during 1997 was due
to these lower sales levels combined with increases in production and other
operating costs. As mentioned above, production costs in 1997 were higher due to
unfavorable ground conditions and mine repair costs, while other operating costs
were higher due to increased gold exploration costs.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS

A portion of the Company's financial results is derived from activities in a
number of foreign countries located in Europe, Asia and Latin America each with
a local currency other than the US dollar. Because the financial results of the
Company are reported in US dollars, they are affected by changes in the value of
the various foreign currencies in relation to the US dollar. Changes in exchange
rates may also adversely affect transactions which are denominated in currencies
other than the functional currency. The Company periodically enters into such
transactions in the course of its business. The diversity of foreign operations
helps to mitigate a portion of the impact that foreign currency fluctuations may
have in any one country on the translated results. The Company, from time to
time, uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge transactional risks
associated with foreign currencies. (See "Market Risk Exposures" below.)
Translation adjustments of net monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
the local currency relating to operations in countries with highly inflationary
economies are included in net income, along with all transaction gains or losses
for the period. Subsidiaries in Venezuela and an affiliate and a subsidiary in
Mexico operate in such highly inflationary economies. Prior to January 1, 1998,
the economy in Brazil, in which the Company has subsidiaries, was also
considered highly inflationary. As of January 1, 1999, the economy of Mexico
will no longer be considered hyperinflationary.

The Company is also subject to other risks customarily associated with doing
business in foreign countries, including labor and economic conditions,
political instability, controls on repatriation of earnings and capital,
nationalization, expropriation and other forms of restrictive action by local
governments. The future effects, if any, of such risks on the Company cannot be
predicted.

CORPORATE EXPENSES

In 1998, general corporate expenses totaled $27.9 million compared with $19.7
million and $21.4 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively. Corporate expenses in
1998 included costs associated with a severance agreement with a former member
of the Company's senior management and $5.8 million of additional expenses
relating to a retirement agreement between the Company and its former Chairman
and CEO. Corporate expenses in 1996 reflect the costs associated with the
relocation of the Company's corporate headquarters to Richmond, Virginia, which
approximated $2.9 million.

OTHER OPERATING INCOME, NET

Other net operating income principally includes the Company's share of net
income of unconsolidated foreign affiliates, royalty income, foreign currency
exchange gains and losses, and gains and losses from sales of coal assets. Other
net operating income for 1998 increased $7.1 million to $21.1 million and
decreased $3.4 million in 1997 from the $17.4 million recorded in 1996. The
higher level of other net operating income in 1998 primarily relates to higher
levels of gains on the sale of coal assets, a gain on a litigation settlement by
Pittston Coal and higher levels of net income of Minerals Ventures
unconsolidated Australian foreign affiliate. Partially offsetting these amounts
are lower foreign currency exchange gains. The lower level of other net
operating income in 1997 was primarily due to a $3.0 million one-time benefit
related to a Pittston Coal litigation settlement in 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET


                                       54












Net interest expense totaled $33.7 million in 1998 compared with $22.7 million
in 1997 and $10.6 million in 1996. The increase in 1998 was primarily due to
unusually high interest rates in Venezuela associated with local currency
borrowings in that country, and to a lesser extent was due to borrowings
resulting from capital expenditures and from acquisitions by both Brink's and
BAX to expand their operations. The increase in 1997 over 1996 is predominantly
due to borrowings resulting from capital expenditures and from acquisitions by
both Brink's and BAX Global to expand their operations.

OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE, NET

Other net income in 1998 of $3.8 million represented an $11.0 million increase
from the $7.1 million net expense reported in 1997 which was $2.1 million lower
than the net expense of $9.2 million in 1996. Other net income in 1998 reflects
higher foreign translation gains, lower minority interest expense for Brink's
consolidated affiliates and a gain on the sale of surplus aircraft by BAX
Global. The higher level of other net operating expense in 1996 was due
primarily to an increase in minority interest expense for Brink's consolidated
affiliates, offset in part by lower foreign translation losses.

INCOME TAXES

In 1998, 1997 and 1996, the provision for income taxes was less than the
statutory federal income tax rate of 35% primarily due to the tax benefits of
percentage depletion and lower taxes on foreign income, partially offset by
provisions for goodwill amortization and state income taxes.

Based on the Company's historical and expected taxable earnings, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of
the existing deferred tax asset at December 31, 1998.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

CASH FLOW REQUIREMENTS

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $231.8 million, a decrease of
$36.3 million from the $268.1 million generated during 1997. Lower levels of net
income combined with higher funding requirements for operating assets and
liabilities were partially offset by higher levels of non-cash charges. Net cash
provided by operating activities did not fully fund investing activities
(primarily capital expenditures, acquisitions and aircraft heavy maintenance)
and share activities, resulting in a net increase in debt of $107.9 million.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Cash capital expenditures for 1998 totaled $256.6 million, $82.8 million higher
than 1997. Of the amount of cash capital expenditures, $81.7 million (32%) was
spent by BHS, $75.6 million (29%) was spent by BAX Global, $74.7 million (29%)
was spent by Brink's, $20.6 million (8%) was spent by Pittston Coal and $3.4
million (1%) was spent by Mineral Ventures. Expenditures were primarily for new
BHS customer installations, replacement and maintenance of assets used in
current ongoing business operations and the development of new information
systems. Cash capital expenditures in 1999 are currently expected to approximate
$245 million.

The foregoing amounts exclude expenditures that have been or are expected to be
financed through capital and operating leases and any acquisition expenditures.

FINANCING

The Company intends to fund capital expenditures through cash flow from
operating activities or through operating leases if the latter are financially
attractive. Shortfalls, if any, will be financed through the Company's revolving
credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements.

Total debt outstanding at December 31, 1998 was $448.1 million, an increase of
$204.8 million from the $243.3 million outstanding at December 31, 1997. The net
increase in debt primarily relates to acquisitions by Brink's and BAX Global
during the year, as well as additional cash required to fund capital
expenditures. As a result of changes in certain recourse provisions during 1998,
as of December 31, 1998, certain receivable financing transactions were
accounted for as transfers of the receivables, resulting in the uncollected
receivables balances remaining on the balance sheet with a corresponding
short-term obligation of $29.7 million recognized. During 1997, these
transactions were accounted for as sales of receivables, resulting in the
removal of the receivables from the balance sheet.

The Company has a $350.0 million credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (the
"Facility"). The Facility includes a $100.0 million term loan and also permits
additional borrowings, repayments and reborrowings of up to an aggregate of
$250.0 million. The maturity date of both the term loan and revolving credit
portion of the Facility is May 2001. Interest on borrowings under the Facility
is payable at rates based on prime, certificate of deposit, Eurodollar or money
market rates. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, borrowings of $100.0 million were
outstanding under the term loan portion of the Facility and $91.6 million and
$25.9 million, respectively, of additional borrowings were outstanding under the
remainder of the Facility.

Under the terms of the Facility, the Company has agreed to maintain at least
$400.0 million of Consolidated Net Worth, as defined, and can incur additional
indebtedness of approximately $398 million at December 31, 1998.

In the first quarter of 1998, in connection with its acquisition of
substantially all of the remaining shares (62%) of its Brink's France affiliate
("Brink's S.A."), the Company made a note to the seller for a principal amount
of US $27.5 million payable in annual installments plus interest through 2001.
In addition, borrowings of approximately US $19 million and capital leases of
approximately US $30 million were assumed.

In connection with its acquisition of Custravalca, the Company entered into a
borrowing arrangement with a syndicate of local Venezuelan banks. The borrowings
consisted of a long-term loan denominated in the local currency equivalent to
US $40.0 million


                                       55












and a $10.0 million short-term loan denominated in US dollars which was repaid
during 1997. The long-term loan bears interest based on the Venezuelan prime
rate and is payable in installments through the year 2000. As of December 31,
1998, total borrowings under this arrangement were equivalent to US $27.2
million.

MARKET RISK EXPOSURES

The Company has activities in a number of foreign countries located in Europe,
Asia and Latin America, which expose it to a variety of market risks, including
the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, and
commodity prices. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by the
Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program. The
diversity of foreign operations helps to mitigate a portion of the impact that
foreign currency rate fluctuations may have in any one country on the translated
results. The Company's risk management program considers this favorable
diversification effect as it measures the Company's exposure to financial
markets and as appropriate, seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that
the volatility of certain markets may have on its operating results.

The Company enters into various derivative and non-derivative hedging
instruments, as discussed below, to hedge its foreign currency, interest rate,
and commodity exposures. The risk that counterparties to such instruments may be
unable to perform is minimized by limiting the counterparties to major financial
institutions. Management of the Company does not expect any losses due to such
counterparty default.

The Company assesses interest rate, foreign currency, and commodity risks by
continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate, foreign
currency and commodity exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash
flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk
management control systems to monitor these risks attributable to both the
Company's outstanding and forecasted transactions as well as offsetting hedge
positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical
techniques to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates, foreign
currency rates and commodity prices on the Company's future cash flows. The
Company does not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

The sensitivity analyses discussed below for the market risk exposures were
based on several assumptions. The disclosures with respect to foreign exchange,
interest rate and commodity risks do not take into account forecasted foreign
exchange, interest rate or commodity transactions. Actual results will be
determined by a number of factors that are not under management's control and
could vary significantly from those disclosed.

INTEREST RATE RISK

The Company primarily uses variable-rate debt denominated in US dollars and
foreign currencies, including Venezuelan bolivars, French francs, Singapore
dollars, and Dutch guilders, to finance its operations. These debt obligations
expose the Company to variability in interest expense due to changes in the
general level of interest rates in these countries. Venezuela is considered a
highly inflationary economy, and therefore, the effects of increases or
decreases in that country's interest rates may be partially offset by
corresponding decreases or increases in the currency exchange rates which will
affect the US dollar value of the underlying debt. In order to limit the
variability of the interest expense on its debt denominated in US currency, the
Company converts the variable-rate cash flows on a portion of its $100 million
term-loan, which is part of the Facility (see Note 7), to fixed-rate cash flows
by entering into interest rate swaps which involve the exchange of floating
interest payments for fixed interest payments.

In addition, to the US dollar denominated fixed interest rate swaps, the Company
also has fixed-rate debt denominated in US dollars and foreign currencies
(primarily French francs). The fixed rate debt and interest rate swaps are
subject to fluctuations in their fair values as a result of changes in interest
rates.

Based on the overall interest rate level of both US dollar and foreign currency
denominated variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 1998, a hypothetical
10% change (as a percentage of interest rates on outstanding debt) in the
Company's effective interest rate from year-end 1998 levels would change
interest expense by approximately $3.5 million over a twelve month period. Debt
designated as hedged by the interest rate swaps has been excluded from this
amount. The effect on the fair value of US and foreign currency denominated
fixed rate debt (including US dollar fixed interest rate swaps) for a
hypothetical 10% uniform shift (as a percentage of market interest rates) in the
yield curves for interest rates in various countries from year-end 1998 levels
would be immaterial.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

The Company has certain exposures to the effects of foreign exchange rate
fluctuations on reported results in US dollars of foreign operations. Due in
part to the favorable diversification effects resulting from operations in
various countries located in Europe, Asia and Latin America, including Canada,
Australia, the United Kingdom, France, Holland, South Africa, Germany, Mexico,
Brazil, Venezuela, Colombia, Singapore, Japan, and India, the Company does not
generally enter into foreign exchange hedges to mitigate these exposures.

The Company is exposed periodically to the foreign currency rate fluctuations
that affect transactions not denominated in the functional currency of domestic
and foreign operations. To mitigate these exposures, the Company, from time to
time, enters into foreign currency forward contracts.

Mineral Ventures has operations which are exposed to currency risk arising from
gold sales denominated in US dollars while its local operating costs are
denominated in Australian dollars. Mineral Ventures utilizes foreign currency
forward contracts to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from these
exposures for up to two years into the future.


                                       56












In addition, the Company has net investments in a number of foreign subsidiaries
which are translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Resulting
cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of
shareholders' equity and exposes the Company to adjustments resulting from
foreign exchange rate volatility. The Company, at times, uses non-derivative
financial instruments to hedge this exposure. Currency exposure related to the
net assets of the Brink's subsidiary in France are managed, in part, through a
foreign currency denominated debt agreement (seller financing) entered into as
part of the acquisition by the Company. Gains and losses in the net investment
in subsidiaries are offset by losses and gains in the debt obligations. All
other hedges of net investments in foreign subsidiaries were immaterial to the
Company. The translation adjustments for hyperinflationary economies in which
the Company operates (currently Mexico and Venezuela) are recorded as a
component of net income and exposes the Company to adjustments resulting from
foreign exchange rate volatility.

The effects of a hypothetical simultaneous 10% appreciation in the US dollar
from year end 1998 levels against all other currencies of countries in which the
Company operates were measured for their potential impact on, 1) translation of
earnings into US dollars based on 1998 results, 2) transactional exposures, and
3) translation of balance sheet equity accounts. The hypothetical effects would
be approximately $3.0 million unfavorable for the translation of earnings into
US dollars, approximately $1.4 million unfavorable earnings effect for
transactional exposures, and approximately $22.1 million unfavorable for the
translation of balance sheet equity accounts.

COMMODITIES PRICE RISK

The Company consumes or sells various commodities in the normal course of its
business and utilizes derivative instruments to minimize the variability in
forecasted cash flows due to adverse price movements in these commodities. The
contracts are entered into in accordance with guidelines set forth in the
Company's hedging policies. The Company does not use derivative instruments for
purposes other than hedging.

The Company utilizes forward swap contracts for the purchase of jet fuel to fix
a portion of forecasted jet fuel costs at specific price levels and it utilizes
option strategies to hedge a portion of the remaining risk associated with
changes in the price of jet fuel. The Company utilizes forward gold sales
contracts to fix the selling price on a certain portion of its forecasted gold
sales from the Stawell gold mine. The Company utilizes forward swap contracts
for the purchase of diesel fuel to fix a portion of its forecasted diesel fuel
costs at specific price levels and it utilizes option strategies to hedge a
portion of the remaining risk associated with changes in the price of diesel
fuel.

The following table represents the Company's outstanding commodity hedge
contracts as of December 31, 1998:



                                                          Average     Estimated
(In thousands, except                        Notional     Contract         Fair
average contract rates)                        Amount         Rate        Value
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Forward gold sale contracts (a)               $    41     $    292      $    18
Forward swap contracts:
  Jet fuel purchases (pay fixed) (b)           16,000       0.4923       (2,133)
  Diesel fuel purchases (pay fixed) (b)         1,600       0.4180         (137)
Commodity options:
  Diesel Fuel - purchased
    call contracts (pay fixed) (b)              1,600       0.4180            7
================================================================================


(a) Ounces of gold.
(b) Gallons of fuel.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: SUMMARY

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. If not corrected, many
date-sensitive applications could fail or create erroneous results by or in the
year 2000. The Company understands the importance of having systems and
equipment operational through the year 2000 and beyond and is committed to
addressing these challenges while continuing to fulfill its business obligations
to its customers and business partners. Year 2000 project teams have been
established which are intended to make information technology assets, including
embedded microprocessors ("IT assets"), non-IT assets, products, services and
infrastructure Year 2000 ready.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: STATE OF READINESS

The following is a description of the Company's state of readiness for each of
its operating units.

Brink's

The Brink's Year 2000 Project Team has divided its Year 2000 readiness program
into six phases: (i) inventory, (ii) assessment, (iii) renovation, (iv)
validation/testing, (v) implementation and (vi) integration. Worldwide, Brink's
is largely in the renovation, validation/testing and implementation phases of
its Year 2000 readiness program.

Brink's North America

With respect to Brink's North American operations, all core IT systems have been
identified, renovation has taken place and the Year 2000 project is currently in
both the implementation and integration phases. The implementation phase of the
core operational systems is expected to be completed by the second quarter of
1999. Non-IT systems, including armored vehicles, closed circuit televisions,
videocassette recorders and certain currency processing equipment, are in the
assessment phase and certain renovation/replacement has been done. The
renovation and validation phases for non-IT systems are expected to continue
through the second quarter of 1999. As of December 31, 1998, most of Brink's
North America IT systems have been tested and validated as Year 2000 ready.
Brink's believes that all its IT and non-IT systems will be Year 2000 compliant
or that there will be no material adverse effect on operations or financial
results due to non-compliance.

Brink's International


                                       57












All international affiliates have been provided with an implementation plan,
prepared by the Global Year 2000 Project Team. In addition, there is senior
management sponsorship in all international countries. The implementation plan
requires semi-monthly reports as to the status of each category in each country.
The categories include core systems, non-core systems, hardware, facilities,
special equipment, voice/data systems, etc. Countries in Europe, Latin America
and Asia/Pacific are in varying phases of the Year 2000 readiness program. In
Europe, core systems have been identified, some are in the remediation and
validation/testing phase, with others currently in the implementation and
integration phases. In both Latin America and Asia/Pacific, most countries are
currently in active renovation with several completing testing and
implementation on core systems. Brink's plans to have completed all phases of
its Year 2000 readiness program on a timely basis prior to Year 2000.

BHS

The BHS Year 2000 Project Team has divided its Year 2000 readiness program into
four phases: (i) assessment, (ii) remediation/replacement, (iii) testing and
(iv) integration. As of December 31, 1998, BHS has completed the assessment and
remediation/replacement phases. BHS is currently in both the testing and
integration phases. BHS plans to have completed all phases of its Year 2000
readiness program on a timely basis prior to Year 2000. As of December 31, 1998,
at least 90% of BHS' IT and non-IT assets systems have been tested and verified
as Year 2000 ready.

BAX Global

The BAX Global Year 2000 Project Team has divided its Year 2000 readiness
program into five phases: (i) inventory, (ii) assess and test, (iii) renovate,
(iv) test and verify and (v) implement. At December 31, 1998, on a global basis,
the inventory phase has been completed in the US and Europe and is substantially
complete in Asia. During the first quarter of 1999, the inventory phase was on a
global basis completed. Assessment of major systems in the Americas and Europe
has been completed, with readiness testing now underway. Assessment is currently
underway in Asia. Renovation activities for major systems are in process as are
replacement activities for non-compliant components and systems that are not
scheduled for renovation. Testing has also begun for systems that have been
renovated. BAX Global plans to have completed all phases of its Year 2000
readiness program on a timely basis prior to Year 2000. As of December 31, 1998,
more than 30% of the BAX Global's IT and non-IT assets systems have been tested
and verified as Year 2000 ready.

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures

The Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures Year 2000 Project Teams have divided
their Year 2000 readiness programs into four phases: (i) assessment, (ii)
remediation/replacement, (iii) testing, and (iv) integration. At December 31,
1998, the majority of the core IT assets are either already Year 2000 ready or
in the testing or integration phases. Those assets that are not yet Year 2000
ready are scheduled to be remediated or replaced by the second quarter of 1999,
with testing and integration to begin concurrently. Pittston Coal and Mineral
Ventures plan to have completed all phases of their Year 2000 readiness programs
on a timely basis prior to Year 2000. As of December 31, 1998, approximately 80%
of hardware systems and embedded systems have been tested and verified as Year
2000 ready.

The Company

As part of its Year 2000 projects, the Company has sent comprehensive
questionnaires to significant suppliers, and others with which it does business,
regarding their Year 2000 compliance and is in the process of identifying
significant problem areas with respect to these business partners. The Company
is relying on such third parties' representations regarding their own readiness
for Year 2000. This process will be ongoing and efforts with respect to specific
problems identified will depend in part upon its assessment of the risk that any
such problems may have a material adverse impact on its operations.

Further, the Company relies upon government agencies (particularly the Federal
Aviation Administration and customs agencies worldwide), utility companies,
telecommunication service companies and other service providers outside of its
control. According to a recent General Accounting Office report to Congress,
some airports will not be prepared for the Year 2000 and the problems these
airports experience could impede traffic flow throughout the nation. As with
most companies, the Company is vulnerable to significant suppliers', customers',
and other third parties' inability to remedy their own Year 2000 issues. As the
Company cannot control the conduct of its customers, suppliers or other third
parties, there can be no guarantee that Year 2000 problems originating with a
supplier or other third party will not occur.


                                       58












READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: COSTS TO ADDRESS

The Company anticipates incurring remediation and acceleration costs for its
Year 2000 readiness programs. Remediation includes the identification,
assessment, remediation and testing phases of its Year 2000 readiness programs.
Remediation costs include both the costs of modifying existing software and
hardware as well as purchases that replace existing hardware and software that
is not Year 2000 ready. Most of these costs will be incurred by Brink's Inc. and
BAX Global. Acceleration costs include costs to purchase and/or develop and
implement certain information technology systems whose implementation have been
accelerated as a result of the Year 2000 readiness issue. Again most of these
costs will be incurred by Brink's Inc. and BAX Global.

Total anticipated remediation and acceleration costs are detailed in the table
below:



                                                     Acceleration
(Dollars in millions)                        Capitalized     Expensed     Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs                 $ 23.7       5.8        29.5
Incurred through December 31, 1998                  13.9       1.8        15.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                                         $  9.8       4.0        13.8
================================================================================


                                                    Remediation
                                             Capitalized     Expensed     Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs                 $ 15.0      17.9        32.9
Incurred through December 31, 1998                   6.5       9.8        16.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                                         $  8.5       8.1        16.6
================================================================================


                                                        Total
                                             Capitalized     Expensed     Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Total anticipated Year 2000 costs                 $ 38.7      23.7        62.4
Incurred through December 31, 1998                  20.4      11.6        32.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remainder                                          $18.3      12.1        30.4
================================================================================



READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: THE RISKS OF THE YEAR 2000

Issue The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem could result in an
interruption in, or a failure of, certain normal business activities or
operations. Such failures could materially and adversely affect results of
operations, liquidity and financial condition of the Company.

The following is a description of the Company's risks of the Year 2000 issue for
each of its operating units:

Brink's

Brink's believes its most reasonably likely worst case scenario is that it will
experience a number of minor system malfunctions and errors in the early days
and weeks of the Year 2000 that were not detected during its renovation and
testing efforts. Brink's currently believes that these problems will not be
overwhelming and are not likely to have a material effect on the Company's
operations or financial results. Brink's may experience some additional
personnel expenses related to Year 2000 failures, but such expenses are not
expected to be material. As noted above, Brink's is vulnerable to significant
suppliers', customers' and other third parties' inability to remedy their own
Year 2000 issues. As Brink's cannot control the conduct of its suppliers or
other third parties, there can be no guarantee that Year 2000 problems
originating with a supplier, customer or other third party will not occur.
However, Brink's program of communication with major third parties with whom
they do business is intended to minimize any potential risks related to third
party failures.

BHS

BHS has begun an analysis of the operational problems and costs that would be
reasonably likely to result from the failure by BHS and certain third parties to
complete efforts necessary to achieve Year 2000 readiness on a timely basis. BHS
believes its most reasonably likely worst case scenario is that its ability to
receive alarm signals from some or all of its customers may be disrupted due to
temporary regional service outages sustained by third party electric utilities,
local telephone companies, and/or long distance telephone service providers.
Such outages could occur regionally, affecting clusters of customers, or could
occur at BHS's principal monitoring facility, possibly affecting the ability to
provide service to all customers. BHS currently believes that these problems
will not be overwhelming and are not likely to have a material effect on the
Company's operations or financial condition.

BAX Global

The failure to correct a material Year 2000 problem could result in an
interruption in, or a failure of, certain normal business activities or
operations. Such failures could materially and adversely affect results of
operations, liquidity and financial condition of BAX Global. The extent to which
such a failure may adversely affect operations is being assessed. BAX Global
believes its most reasonably likely worst case scenario is that it will
experience a number of minor system malfunctions and errors in the early days
and weeks of the Year 2000 that were not detected during its renovation and
testing efforts. BAX Global currently believes that these problems will not be
overwhelming and are not likely to have a material effect on the company's
operations or financial results. As noted above, BAX Global is vulnerable to
significant suppliers', customers' and other third parties' (particularly
government agencies such as the Federal Aviation Administration and customs
agencies worldwide) inability to remedy their own Year 2000 issues. As BAX
Global cannot control the conduct of third parties, there can be no guarantee
that Year 2000 problems originating with a supplier, customer or other third
party will not occur. However, BAX Global's program of communication and
assessments of major third parties with whom they do business is intended to
minimize any potential risks related to third party failures.

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures believe that their internal information
technology systems will be renovated successfully prior to year 2000. All
"Mission Critical" systems have been identified that would cause the greatest
disruption to the organizations. The failure to correct a material Year 2000
problem could result in an interruption in, or a failure of, certain normal
business activities or operations. Such failures should


                                       59












have no material or significant adverse effect on the results of operations or
financial condition of the Company. Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures believe
they have identified their likely worst case scenarios. The likely worst case
scenarios, assuming no external failures such as power outages or delays in
railroad transportation services, could be delays in invoicing customers and
payment of vendors. These likely worst case scenarios, should they occur, are
not expected to result in a material impact on the Company's financial
statements. The production of coal and gold is not heavily dependent on computer
technology and would continue with limited impact.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: CONTINGENCY PLAN

The following is a description of the Company's contingency plans for each of
its operating units:

Brink's

A contingency planning document, which was developed with the assistance of an
external facilitator, is being finalized for Brink's North American operations.
Brink's provides a number of different services to its customers and each type
of service line was reviewed during the contingency planning sessions. This
contingency planning document addresses the issue of what Brink's response would
be should a system/device fail, as well as what preparations and actions are
required beforehand to ensure continuity of services if those identified systems
failed. This includes, in some cases, reverting to paper processes to track and
handle packages, additional staff if required and increased supervisory
presence. Brink's may experience some additional personnel expenses related to
any Year 2000 failures, but they are not expected to be material. This
contingency planning document is being made available to Brink's International
operations to use as a guidance in developing appropriate contingency plans at
each of their locations and for the specific services they provide to their
customers.

BHS

BHS has begun to develop a contingency plan, which is expected to be completed
in the first half of 1999, for dealing with the most reasonably likely worst
case scenario. This contingency planning document will address the issue of what
BHS's response would be should it sustain a service outage encountered by the
third party electric utility, local telephone company, and/or primary long
distance telephone service provider at its principal monitoring facility. This
includes, among other things, the testing of redundant system connectivity
routed through multiple switching stations of the local telephone company, and
testing of backup electric generators at both BHS's principal and backup
monitoring facilities.

BAX Global

During the first quarter of 1999, BAX Global began developing a contingency plan
for dealing with its most reasonably likely worst case scenario. The foundation
for BAX Global's Year 2000 readiness program is to ensure that all
mission-critical systems are renovated/replaced and tested at least six months
prior to when a Year 2000 failure might occur if the program were not
undertaken.

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures

Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures have not yet developed contingency plans for
dealing with their most likely worst case scenarios. Pittston Coal and Mineral
Ventures are expected to develop contingency plans. The foundation for their
Year 2000 Programs is to ensure that all mission-critical systems are
renovated/replaced and tested at least three months prior to when a Year 2000
failure might occur if the programs were not undertaken. As of December 31,
1998, all mission-critical systems, with the exception of human
resources-related systems, have been tested and verified as Year 2000 ready.
These human resources-related systems are not Year 2000 ready and are scheduled
to be replaced by mid-1999. In addition, as a normal course of business,
Pittston Coal and Mineral Ventures maintain and deploy contingency plans
designed to address various other potential business interruptions. These plans
may be applicable to address the interruption of support provided by third
parties resulting from their failure to be Year 2000 ready.

READINESS FOR YEAR 2000: FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This discussion of the Company's readiness for Year 2000, including statements
regarding anticipated completion dates for various phases of the Company's Year
2000 project, estimated costs for Year 2000 readiness, the determination of
likely worst case scenarios, actions to be taken in the event of such worst case
scenarios and the impact on the Company of any delays or problems in the
implementation of Year 2000 initiatives by the Company and/or any public or
private sector suppliers and service providers and customers involve forward
looking information which is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties,
and contingencies which could cause actual results, performance or achievements,
to differ materially from those which are anticipated. Such risks, uncertainties
and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company, include,
but are not limited to, government regulations and/or legislative initiatives,
variations in costs or expenses relating to the implementation of Year 2000
initiatives, changes in the scope of improvements to Year 2000 initiatives and
delays or problems in the implementation of Year 2000 initiatives by the Company
and/or any public or private sector suppliers and service providers and
customers.

EURO CONVERSION

As part of the European Economic and Monetary Union, a single currency (the
"Euro") will replace the national currencies of most of the European countries
in which the Company conducts business. The conversion rates between the Euro
and the participating nations' currencies were fixed irrevocably as of January
1, 1999, and the participating national currencies will be removed from
circulation between January 1 and June 30, 2002 and replaced by Euro notes and
coinage. The Company is able to receive Euro denominated payments and invoice in
Euro as requested by vendors and suppliers as of January 1, 1999 in the affected
countries. Full conversion of all affected country operations to the Euro is
expected to be completed by the time national currencies are removed from
circulation. The effects of


                                       60












the conversion to the Euro on revenues, costs and business strategies is not
expected to be material.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

In April 1990, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve
certain environmental claims against the Company arising from hydrocarbon
contamination at a petroleum terminal facility ("Tankport") in Jersey City, New
Jersey, which operations were sold in 1983. Under the settlement agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay 80% of the remediation costs. Based on data
available to the Company and its environmental consultants, the Company
estimates its portion of the cleanup costs on an undiscounted basis using
existing technologies to be between $6.6 million and $11.2 million and to be
incurred over a period of up to five years. Management is unable to determine
that any amount within that range is a better estimate due to a variety of
uncertainties, which include the extent of the contamination at the site, the
permitted technologies for remediation and the regulatory standards by which the
cleanup will be conducted. The estimate of costs and the timing of payments
could change as a result of changes to the remediation plan required, changes in
the technology available to treat the site, unforeseen circumstances existing at
the site and additional cost inflation.

The Company commenced insurance coverage litigation in 1990, in the United
States District Court for the District of New Jersey, seeking a declaratory
judgement that all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Tankport
obligation were reimbursable under comprehensive general liability and pollution
liability policies maintained by the Company. In August 1995, the District Court
ruled on various Motions for Summary Judgement. In its decision, the Court found
favorably for the Company on several matters relating to the comprehensive
general liability policies but concluded that the pollution liability policies
did not contain pollution coverage for the types of claims associated with the
Tankport site. On appeal, the Third Circuit reversed the District Court and held
that the insurers could not deny coverage for the reasons stated by the District
Court, and the case was remanded to the District Court for trial. In the latter
part of 1998, the Company concluded a settlement with its comprehensive general
liability insurer and has settlements with three other groups of insurers. If
these settlements are consummated, only one group of insurers will be remaining
in this coverage action. In the event the parties are unable to settle the
dispute with this group of insurers, the case is scheduled to be tried in June
1999. Management and its outside legal counsel continue to believe that recovery
of a substantial portion of the cleanup costs will ultimately be probable of
realization. Accordingly, based on estimates of potential liability, probable
realization of insurance recoveries, related developments of New Jersey law and
the Third Circuit's decision, it is the Company's belief that the ultimate
amount that it would be liable for related to the remediation of the Tankport
site will not significantly adversely impact the Company's results of operations
or financial position.

CAPITALIZATION

The Company has three classes of common stock: Pittston Brink's Group Common
Stock ("Brink's Stock"), Pittston BAX Group Common Stock ("BAX Stock") and
Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock ("Minerals Stock") which were designed to
provide shareholders with separate securities reflecting the performance of the
Brink's Group, BAX Group and Minerals Group, respectively, without diminishing
the benefits of remaining a single corporation or precluding future transactions
affecting any of the Groups. The Brink's Group consists of the Brink's and BHS
operations of the Company. The BAX Group consists of the BAX Global operations
of the Company. The Minerals Group consists of the Pittston Coal and Mineral
Ventures operations of the Company. The Company prepares separate financial
statements for the Brink's, BAX and Minerals Groups, in addition to consolidated
financial information of the Company.

Effective May 4, 1998, the designation of Pittston Burlington Group Common Stock
and the name of the Pittston Burlington Group were changed to Pittston BAX Group
Common Stock and Pittston BAX Group, respectively. All rights and privileges of
the holders of such Stock are otherwise unaffected by such changes. The stock
continues to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PZX".

The Company has the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $10 per share. In January 1994 the Company issued $80.5 million
(161,000 shares) of Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the
"Convertible Preferred Stock"), convertible into Minerals Stock. The Convertible
Preferred Stock pays an annual cumulative dividend of $31.25 per share payable
quarterly, in cash, in arrears, out of all funds of the Company legally
available; therefore, when, as and if declared by the Board and bears a
liquidation preference of $500 per share, plus an attributed amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.


                                       61












Under the share repurchase programs authorized by the Board of Directors (the
"Board"), the Company purchased shares in the periods presented as follows:



                                                       Years Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)                1998            1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     
Brink's Stock:
   Shares                                                  150             166
   Cost                                                $   5.6             4.3
BAX Stock:
   Shares                                                1,047             332
   Cost                                                $  12.7             7.4
Convertible Preferred Stock
   Shares                                                  0.4             1.5
   Cost                                                $   0.1             0.6
   Excess carrying amount (a)                          $   0.0             0.1
================================================================================


(a) The excess of the carrying amount of the Convertible Preferred Stock over
the cash paid to holders for repurchases made during the years. This amount is
deducted from preferred dividends in the Company's Statement of Operations.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had the remaining repurchase authority with
respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock of $24.2 million. As of December 31,
1998, the Company had remaining authority to purchase over time 1.0 million
shares of Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock; 1.0 million shares of Pittston
Brink's Common Stock; and 1.5 million shares of Pittston BAX Group Common Stock.
The aggregate purchase price limitation for all common stock was $24.7 million
at December 31, 1998. The authority to repurchase shares remains in effect in
1999.

As of December 31, 1998, debt as a percent of capitalization (total debt and
shareholders' equity) was 38%, compared with 26% at December 31, 1997. The
increase in the debt ratio since December 1997 was due to the 7% increase in
shareholders' equity compared to the 84% increase in total debt (primarily the
result of acquisitions as previously discussed).

DIVIDENDS

The Board intends to declare and pay dividends, if any, on Brink's Stock, BAX
Stock and Minerals Stock based on the earnings, financial condition, cash flow
and business requirements of the Brink's Group, BAX Group and the Minerals
Group, respectively. Since the Company remains subject to Virginia law
limitations on dividends, losses by one Group could affect the Company's ability
to pay dividends in respect of stock relating to the other Group. Dividends on
Minerals Stock are also limited by the Available Minerals Dividend Amount as
defined in the Company's Articles of Incorporation. The Available Minerals
Dividend Amount may be reduced by activity that reduces shareholder's equity or
the fair value of net assets of the Minerals Group. Such activity includes net
losses by the Minerals Group, dividends paid on the Minerals Stock and the
Convertible Preferred Stock, repurchases of Minerals Stock and the Convertible
Preferred Stock, and foreign currency translation losses. At December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996 the Available Minerals Dividend Amount was at least $8.1 million,
$15.2 million and $22.1 million, respectively.

Since its distribution of Minerals Stock in 1993 and through March 31, 1998, the
Company has paid a cash dividend to its Minerals Stock shareholders at an annual
rate of $0.65 per share. In May 1998, the Company reduced the annual dividend
rate on Minerals Stock to $0.10 per share for shareholders as of the May 15,
1998 record date.

The Company continues its focus on the financial and capital needs of the
Minerals Group companies and, as always, is considering all strategic uses of
available cash, including dividend payments, with a view towards maximizing
long-term shareholder value.

During 1998 and 1997, the Board declared and the Company paid dividends
amounting to $0.10 per share and $0.24 per share of Brink's Stock and BAX Stock,
respectively. At present, the annual dividend rate for Brink's Stock is $0.10
per share, for Minerals Stock is $0.10 per share and for BAX Stock is $0.24 per
share.

In 1998 and 1997, dividends paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock amounted to
$3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

The Company adopted Statement of Financing Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" in the first quarter of 1998. SFAS No. 130
establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and
its components in financial statements. Comprehensive income generally
represents all changes in shareholders' equity except those resulting from
investments by or distributions to shareholders.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company implemented AICPA Statement of Position
("SOP") No. 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed for
Internal Use." SOP No. 98-1 requires that certain costs related to the
development or purchase of internal-use software be capitalized and amortized
over the estimated useful life of the software. The adoption of SOP No. 98-1 had
no material impact on the Company. The Company implemented SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," in the
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131
superseded FASB Statement No. 14, "Financial Reporting for Segments of a
Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131 requires publicly-held companies to report
financial and descriptive information about operating segments in financial
statements issued to shareholders for interim and annual periods. The SFAS also
requires additional disclosures with respect to products and services,
geographic areas of operation, and major customers. The adoption of SFAS No. 131
did not affect results of operations or financial position, but did affect the
disclosure of segment information. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.


                                       62












In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 is
effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999; the Company has elected to adopt SFAS No. 133 as of October 1, 1998. SFAS
No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
instruments and hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure
those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are
recorded each period currently in earnings or other comprehensive income,
depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction
and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. In accordance with
the transition provisions of SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded a net transition
adjustment resulting in a loss of $3.7 million (net of related income taxes of
$2.0 million) in accumulated other comprehensive income at October 1, 1998 in
order to recognize at fair value all derivatives that are designated as
cash-flow hedging instruments.

PENDING ACCOUNTING CHANGES

In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP No. 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities." SOP No. 98-5, which provides guidance on the reporting of
start-up costs and organization costs, requires that such costs be expensed as
incurred. This SOP is effective for the Company for the year beginning January
1, 1999. Initial application of the SOP is required to be reported as a
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as of the beginning of the
year of adoption. Due to the complexity of the mining industry, the Company is
still in the process of determining how this SOP will impact its results of
operations for the period ending March 31, 1999. Current indications are that
the implementation of the SOP could negatively impact results of operations up
to $6 million.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Effective March 15, 1999, under the Company's preferred share purchase program,
the Company purchased 0.08 million shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock at
$250 per share for a total cost approximating $21 million. The excess of the
carrying amount over the cash paid for the repurchase was approximately $19.2
million. In addition, on March 12, 1999, the Board authorized an increase in the
remaining authority to repurchase Convertible Preferred Stock by $4.3 million.

As previously discussed, the Available Minerals Dividend Amount is impacted by
activity that affects shareholders' equity or the fair value of net assets of
the Minerals Group. The purchase amount noted above reduces the Available
Minerals Dividend Amount as currently calculated. Accordingly, the purchase of
the Convertible Preferred Stock plus recent financial performance of the
Minerals Group is expected to significantly reduce or eliminate the ability to
pay dividends on the Minerals Group Common Stock.

FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

Certain of the matters discussed herein, including statements regarding the
ability to slow cost increases in the home security business, severance
benefits, costs of long-term benefit obligations, effective tax rates, the
continuation of information technology initiatives, projections about market
risk, the economies of Latin America and Asia/Pacific, projected capital
spending, environmental clean-up estimates, metallurgical market conditions,
Health Benefit Act expenses, the impact of SOP 98-5 on results of operations,
coal sales and the readiness for Year 2000 and the conversion to the Euro,
involve forward looking information which is subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties, and contingencies which could cause actual results, performance
or achievements, to differ materially from those which are anticipated. Such
risks, uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control
of the Company, include, but are not limited to, overall economic and business
conditions, the demand for the Company's products and services, pricing and
other competitive factors in the industry, geological conditions, new government
regulations and/or legislative initiatives, variations in costs or expenses,
variations in the spot prices of coal, the ability of counterparties to perform,
changes in the scope of improvements to information systems and Year 2000 and/or
Euro initiatives, delays or problems in the implementation of Year 2000 and/or
Euro initiatives by the Company and/or any public or private sector suppliers
and service providers and customers, and delays or problems in the design and
implementation of improvements to information systems.


                                      63












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

The management of The Pittston Company (the "Company") is responsible for
preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements and for their
integrity and objectivity. The statements were prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Management has also prepared the other
information in the annual report and is responsible for its accuracy.

In meeting our responsibility for the integrity of the consolidated financial
statements, we maintain a system of internal controls designed to provide
reasonable assurance that assets are safe-guarded, that transactions are
executed in accordance with management's authorization and that the accounting
records provide a reliable basis for the preparation of the financial
statements. Qualified personnel throughout the organization maintain and monitor
these internal controls on an ongoing basis. In addition, the Company maintains
an internal audit department that systematically reviews and reports on the
adequacy and effectiveness of the controls, with management follow-up as
appropriate.

Management has also established a formal Business Code of Ethics which is
distributed throughout the Company. We acknowledge our responsibility to
establish and preserve an environment in which all employees properly understand
the fundamental importance of high ethical standards in the conduct of our
business.

The Company's consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP,
independent auditors. During the audit they review and make appropriate tests of
accounting records and internal controls to the extent they consider necessary
to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The Company's Board of Directors pursues its oversight role with respect to the
Company's consolidated financial statements through the Audit and Ethics
Committee, which is composed solely of outside directors. The Committee meets
periodically with the independent auditors, internal auditors and management to
review the Company's control system and to ensure compliance with applicable
laws and the Company's Business Code of Ethics.

We believe that the policies and procedures described above are appropriate and
effective and do enable us to meet our responsibility for the integrity of the
Company's consolidated financial statements.


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
The Pittston Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Pittston
Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Pittston Company
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

As more fully discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for costs of computer software
developed for internal use and derivative instruments and hedging activities
in 1998 and impairment of long-lived assets in 1996.

KPMG LLP


KPMG LLP
Richmond, Virginia

January 27, 1999, except as to Note 22, which is as of March 15, 1999


                                       64












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



                                                                              December 31
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)                           1998         1997
===============================================================================================
                                                                                   
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                           $    83,894       69,878
Short-term investments                                                    1,767        2,227
Accounts receivable:
   Trade (Note 3)                                                       599,550      520,817
   Other                                                                 38,916       32,485
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        638,466      553,302
   Less estimated uncollectible amounts                                  32,122       21,985
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        606,344      531,317
Coal inventory                                                           24,567       31,644
Other inventory                                                          18,203        8,530
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         42,770       40,174
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                33,374       32,767
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)                                           52,494       50,442
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                    820,643      726,805

Property, plant and equipment, at cost (Notes 1 and 4)                1,423,133    1,167,300
   Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization            573,250      519,658
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        849,883      647,642
Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization (Notes 1, 5 and 11)        345,600      301,395
Deferred pension assets (Note 14)                                       119,500      123,138
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)                                           63,489       47,826
Other assets                                                            132,022      149,138
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                        $ 2,331,137    1,995,944
===============================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings (Note 7)                                      $    88,283       40,144
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 7)                            36,509       11,299
Accounts payable                                                        284,341      281,411
Accrued liabilities:
 Taxes                                                                   69,921       45,785
 Workers' compensation and other claims                                  33,140       32,048
 Payroll and vacation                                                    78,919       62,029
 Miscellaneous (Note 14)                                                206,320      170,957
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        388,300      310,819
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                               797,433      643,673

Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 7)                        323,308      191,812
Postretirement benefits other than pensions (Note 14)                   239,550      231,451
Workers' compensation and other claims                                   93,324      106,378
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)                                           20,615       17,157
Other liabilities                                                       120,879      119,855
Commitments and contingent liabilities
  (Notes 7, 12, 13, 14, 18 and 19)
Shareholders' equity (Notes 9 and 10):
   Preferred stock, par value $10 per share,
      Authorized: 2,000,000 shares $31.25 Series C Cumulative
      Convertible Preferred Stock,
      Issued: 1998 - 113,490 shares; 1997 - 113,845 shares                1,134        1,138
   Pittston Brink's Group common stock, par value $1 per share:
      Authorized: 100,000,000 shares
      Issued: 1998 - 40,961,415 shares; 1997 - 41,129,679 shares         40,961       41,130
   Pittston BAX Group common stock, par value $1 per share:
      Authorized: 50,000,000 shares
      Issued: 1998 - 20,824,910 shares; 1997 - 20,378,000 shares         20,825       20,378
   Pittston Minerals Group common stock, par value $1 per share:
      Authorized: 20,000,000 shares
      Issued: 1998 - 9,186,434 shares; 1997 - 8,405,908 shares            9,186        8,406
   Capital in excess of par value                                       403,148      430,970
   Retained earnings                                                    401,186      359,940
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                               (51,865)     (41,762)
   Employee benefits trust, at market value (Note 10)                   (88,547)    (134,582)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                              736,028      685,618
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                          $ 2,331,137    1,995,944
===============================================================================================


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 


                                       65












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



                                                                              Years Ended December 31
(In thousands, except per share amounts)                               1998            1997            1996
============================================================================================================
                                                                                               
Net sales                                                       $   518,635         630,626         696,513
Operating revenues                                                3,228,247       2,763,772       2,394,682
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales and operating revenues                                  3,746,882       3,394,398       3,091,195
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales                                                       513,794         609,025         707,497
Operating expenses                                                2,675,537       2,270,341       1,989,149
Selling, general and administrative expenses
  (including a $15,723 write-off of
  long-lived assets in 1998)                                        454,993         344,008         292,718
Restructuring and other credits, including
  litigation accrual (Notes 15 and 18)                               (1,479)         (3,104)        (47,299)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total costs and expenses                                          3,642,845       3,220,270       2,942,065
Other operating income, net (Note 16)                                21,106          14,000          17,377
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit                                                    125,143         188,128         166,507
Interest income                                                       5,359           4,394           3,487
Interest expense                                                    (39,103)        (27,119)        (14,074)
Other income (expense), net                                           3,811          (7,148)         (9,224)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes                                           95,210         158,255         146,696
Provision for income taxes (Note 6)                                  29,154          48,057          42,542
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                           66,056         110,198         104,154
Preferred stock dividends, net (Notes 8 and 10)                      (3,524)         (3,481)         (1,675)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income attributed to common shares                          $    62,532         106,717         102,479
============================================================================================================
Pittston Brink's Group (Note 1):
Net income                                                      $    79,104          73,622          59,695
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income per common share (Note 8):
   Basic                                                        $      2.04            1.92            1.56
   Diluted                                                             2.02            1.90            1.54
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 8):
   Basic                                                             38,713          38,273          38,200
   Diluted                                                           39,155          38,791          38,682
============================================================================================================
Pittston BAX Group (Note 1):
Net income (loss)                                               $   (13,091)         32,348          33,801
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) per common share (Note 8):
   Basic                                                        $     (0.68)           1.66            1.76
   Diluted                                                            (0.68)           1.62            1.72
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 8):
   Basic                                                             19,333          19,448          19,223
   Diluted                                                           19,333          19,993          19,681
============================================================================================================
Pittston Minerals Group (Note 1):
Net income (loss) attributed to common shares                   $    (3,481)            747           8,983
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) per common share (Note 8):
   Basic                                                        $     (0.42)           0.09            1.14
   Diluted                                                            (0.42)           0.09            1.08
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 8):
   Basic                                                              8,324           8,076           7,897
   Diluted                                                            8,324           8,102           9,884
============================================================================================================


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       66












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Years Ended December 31



(In thousands, except per share data)                                 1998          1997          1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          
SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK, $31.25 PER SHARE (NOTE 10)
Balance, beginning of year                                       $   1,138         1,154         1,362
Retirement of stock under share repurchase program (Note 10)            (4)          (16)         (208)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, end of year                                                 1,134         1,138         1,154
========================================================================================================
BRINK'S GROUP COMMON STOCK
Balance, beginning of year                                          41,130        41,296        41,574
Retirement of stock under share repurchase program (Note 10)          (150)         (166)         (278)
Other                                                                  (19)         --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                             40,961        41,130        41,296
========================================================================================================
BAX GROUP COMMON STOCK
Balance, beginning of year                                          20,378        20,711        20,787
Retirement of stock under share repurchase program (Note 10)        (1,047)         (333)          (76)
Employee benefits trust/other (Note 9)                               1,494          --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                             20,825        20,378        20,711
========================================================================================================
MINERALS GROUP COMMON STOCK
Balance, beginning of year                                           8,406         8,406         8,406
Employee benefits trust/other (Note 9)                                 780          --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                              9,186         8,406         8,406
========================================================================================================
CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR VALUE
Balance, beginning of year                                         430,970       400,135       401,633
Tax benefit of stock options exercised (Note 6)                      4,766         2,045         1,734
Cost of Brink's Stock Proposal (Note 9)                               --            --          (2,475)
Remeasurement of employee benefits trust                           (25,993)       42,118        20,481
Employee benefits trust (Note 9)                                    12,781          --            --
Shares released from employee benefits trust (Notes 9 and 10)      (13,675)       (7,522)       (7,659)
Retirement of stock under share repurchase programs (Note 10)       (7,024)       (5,806)      (13,579)
Other                                                                1,323          --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                            403,148       430,970       400,135
========================================================================================================
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance, beginning of year                                         359,940       273,118       188,728
Net income                                                          66,056       110,198       104,154
Retirement of stock under share repurchase programs (Note 10)      (10,212)       (6,052)       (2,096)
Cash dividends declared- Brink's Group $.10 per share,
BAX Group $.24 per share,
  Minerals Group $.2375 per share and
  Series C Preferred Stock $31.25 per share (Note 10)              (14,032)      (17,324)      (17,668)
Other                                                                 (566)         --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                            401,186       359,940       273,118
========================================================================================================
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Balance, beginning of year                                         (41,762)      (21,188)      (20,705)
Foreign currency translation adjustment                             (7,125)      (20,574)         (483)
Cash flow hedges                                                    (3,309)         --            --
Other                                                                  331          --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                            (51,865)      (41,762)      (21,188)
========================================================================================================
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS TRUST
Balance, beginning of year                                        (134,582)     (116,925)     (119,806)
Remeasurement of employee benefits trust                            25,993       (42,118)      (20,481)
Employee benefits trust (Note 9)                                   (15,081)         --            --
Shares released from employee benefits trust (Notes 9 and 10)       35,123        24,461        23,362
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, at end of year                                            (88,547)     (134,582)     (116,925)
========================================================================================================
Total shareholders' equity - end of year                         $ 736,028       685,618       606,707
========================================================================================================
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Net income attributed to common shares                           $  62,532       106,717       102,479
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
  Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of
  tax effect of $787, ($785) and $365                               (7,125)      (20,574)         (483)
  Cash flow hedges:
    Transition adjustment, net of tax effect of $1,960              (3,663)         --            --
    Net cash flow hedge losses, net of tax effect of $501             (710)         --            --
    Reclassification adjustment, net of tax effect of ($617)         1,064          --            --
  Other, net of tax effect of ($189)                                   331          --            --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income                                             $  52,429        86,143       101,996
========================================================================================================



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 


                                       67












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



                                                                                             Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                                                         1998            1997          1996
==========================================================================================================================
                                                                                                             
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                                                        $  66,056         110,198       104,154
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
   Noncash charges and other write-offs                                              20,124            --          29,948
   Depreciation, depletion and amortization                                         154,353         128,751       114,618
   Provision for aircraft heavy maintenance                                          39,821          34,057        32,057
   (Credit) provision for deferred income taxes                                      (6,165)         10,611        19,320
   Provision for pensions, noncurrent                                                 4,022             243           935
   Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable                                   21,426          10,664         7,687
   Equity in (earnings) losses of unconsolidated affiliates, net
      of dividends received                                                            (880)          2,927        (2,183)
   Minority interest expense                                                          1,742           5,467         3,896
   Gains on sales of property, plant and equipment and other
      assets and investments                                                         (9,809)         (2,432)       (2,835)
    Other operating, net                                                             13,262           8,646         6,105
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and
   dispositions:
   Increase in accounts receivable                                                  (29,690)        (39,697)      (53,885)
   (Increase) decrease in inventories                                                  (871)         (2,963)        9,271
   Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses                                            2,225             325        (1,869)
   (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities                  (26,906)         32,562           382
   Increase in other assets                                                          (7,058)        (11,084)       (7,907)
   Decrease in workers' compensation and other claims, noncurrent                   (10,886)        (11,109)       (9,002)
   Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                                          11,122          (5,859)      (53,522)
Other, net                                                                          (10,080)         (3,198)         (499)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                           231,808         268,109       196,671
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Additions to property, plant and equipment                                         (256,567)       (173,768)     (180,651)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment                              30,489           4,064        11,310
Aircraft heavy maintenance expenditures                                             (40,466)        (29,748)      (23,373)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired, and related contingency payments                (34,521)        (65,494)       (4,078)
Dispositions of other assets and investments                                          8,482            --            --
Other, net                                                                           (8,397)          7,589         5,181
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by investing activities                                              (300,980)       (257,357)     (191,611)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Additions to debt                                                                   218,403         158,021        28,642
Reductions of debt                                                                 (110,474)       (116,030)      (14,642)
Repurchase of stock of the Company                                                  (19,437)        (12,373)      (16,237)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan              8,098           4,708         5,487
Dividends paid                                                                      (13,402)        (16,417)      (17,441)
Cost of stock proposal                                                                 --              --          (2,475)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                                     83,188          17,909       (16,666)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                 14,016          28,661       (11,606)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                       69,878          41,217        52,823
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                          $  83,894          69,878        41,217
===========================================================================================================================



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 


                                       68












The Pittston Company and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)


1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

As used herein, the "Company" includes The Pittston Company except as otherwise
indicated by the context. The Company is comprised of three separate groups --
Pittston Brink's Group, Pittston BAX Group, and Pittston Minerals Group. The
Pittston Brink's Group consists of Brink's, Incorporated ("Brink's") and Brink's
Home Security, Inc. ("BHS") operations of the Company. The Pittston BAX Group
consists of the BAX Global Inc. ("BAX Global") operations of the Company. The
Pittston Minerals Group consists of the Pittston Coal Company ("Coal
Operations") and Pittston Mineral Ventures ("Mineral Ventures") operations of
the Company. The Company prepares separate financial information including
separate financial statements for the Brink's, BAX and Minerals Groups in
addition to consolidated financial information of the Company.

Effective May 4, 1998, the designation of Pittston Burlington Group Common Stock
and the name of the Pittston Burlington Group were changed to Pittston BAX Group
Common Stock and Pittston BAX Group, respectively. All rights and privileges of
the holders of such Stock are otherwise unaffected by such changes. The stock
continues to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PZX".

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the accounts of the
Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. The Company's interest in 20% to
50% owned companies are carried on the equity method unless control exists, in
which case, consolidation accounting is used. All material intercompany items
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's financial
statement presentation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and investments
with original maturities of three months or less.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Short-term investments are those with original maturities in excess of three
months, but not exceeding one year, and are carried at cost which approximates
market.

INVENTORIES

Inventories are stated at cost (determined under the first-in, first-out or
average cost method) or market, whichever is lower.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, and the costs
of renewals and betterments are capitalized. Depreciation is provided
principally on the straight-line method at varying rates depending upon
estimated useful lives. Depletion of bituminous coal lands is provided on the
basis of tonnage mined in relation to the estimated total of recoverable tonnage
in the ground.

Mine development costs, primarily included in bituminous coal lands, are
capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the mine. These
costs include expenses incurred for site preparation and development as well as
operating deficits incurred at the mines during a development stage. A mine is
considered under development until all planned production units have been placed
in operation.

Valuation of coal properties is based primarily on mining plans and conditions
assumed at the time of the evaluation. These valuations could be impacted by
actual economic conditions which differ from those assumed at the time of the
evaluation.

Subscriber installation costs for home security systems provided by BHS are
capitalized and depreciated over the estimated life of the assets and are
included in machinery and equipment. The security system that is installed
remains the property of BHS and is capitalized at the cost to bring the revenue
producing asset to its intended use. When an installation is identified for
disconnection, the remaining net book value of the installation is fully
reserved and charged to depreciation expense.

INTANGIBLES

The excess of cost over fair value of net assets of businesses acquired is
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated periods benefited.

The Company evaluates the carrying value of intangibles and the periods of
amortization to determine whether events and circumstances warrant revised
estimates of asset value or useful lives. The Company annually assesses the
recoverability of the excess of cost over net assets acquired by determining
whether the amortization of the asset balance over its remaining life can be
recovered through projected undiscounted future operating cash flows. Evaluation
of asset value as well as periods of amortization are performed on a
disaggregated basis.

Goodwill allocated to a potentially impaired asset will be identified with that
asset in performing an impairment test in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121. If such tests indicate that an impairment
exists, the carrying amount of the identified goodwill would be eliminated
before making any reduction of the carrying amounts of impaired long-lived
assets.


                                       69












COAL SUPPLY CONTRACTS

Coal supply contracts consist of contracts to supply coal to customers at
certain negotiated prices over a period of time, which have been acquired from
other coal companies, and are stated at cost at the time of acquisition, which
approximates fair market value. The capitalized cost of such contracts is
amortized over the term of the contract on the basis of tons of coal sold under
the contract.

STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has implemented the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation" (Note 9). The Company continues to
measure compensation expense for its stock-based compensation plans using the
intrinsic value based methods of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles
Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries have been translated at rates of
exchange at the balance sheet date and related revenues and expenses have been
translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. Resulting
cumulative translation adjustments have been recorded as a separate component of
shareholders' equity. Translation adjustments relating to subsidiaries in
countries with highly inflationary economies are included in net income, along
with all transaction gains and losses for the period.

A portion of the Company's financial results is derived from activities in a
number of foreign countries in Europe, Asia and Latin America, each with a local
currency other than the US dollar. Because the financial results of the Company
are reported in US dollars, they are affected by changes in the value of various
foreign currencies in relation to the US dollar. The diversity of foreign
operations helps to mitigate a portion of the foreign currency risks associated
with market fluctuations in any one country and the impact on translated
results.

POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

Postretirement benefits other than pensions are accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions", which requires employers to accrue the cost of such retirement
benefits during the employees' service with the Company.

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", which requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in
the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax
liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which these items are expected to reverse.

PNEUMOCONIOSIS (BLACK LUNG) EXPENSE

The Company acts as self-insurer with respect to almost all black lung benefits.
Provision is made for estimated benefits based on annual actuarial reports
prepared by outside actuaries. The excess of the present value of expected
future benefits over the accumulated book reserves is recognized over the
amortization period as a level percentage of payroll. Cumulative actuarial gains
or losses are calculated periodically and amortized on a straight-line basis.
Assumptions used in the calculation of the actuarial present value of black lung
benefits are based on actual retirement experience of the Company's coal
employees, black lung claims incidence for active miners, actual dependent
information, industry turnover rates, actual medical and legal cost experience
and projected inflation rates. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, the actuarially
determined value of estimated future black lung benefits discounted at 6% was
approximately $51,000 and $55,000, respectively, and is included in workers'
compensation and other claims in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. Based
on actuarial data, the amount credited to operations was $2,257 in 1998, $2,451
in 1997 and $2,216 in 1996. In addition, the Company accrued additional expenses
for black lung benefits related to federal and state assessments, legal and
administration expenses and other self insurance costs. These costs and expenses
amounted to $1,659 in 1998, $1,936 in 1997 and $1,849 in 1996.

RECLAMATION COSTS

Expenditures relating to environmental regulatory requirements and reclamation
costs undertaken during mine operations are charged against earnings as
incurred. Estimated site restoration and post closure reclamation costs are
charged against earnings using the units of production method over the expected
economic life of each mine. Accrued reclamation costs are subject to review by
management on a regular basis and are revised when appropriate for changes in
future estimated costs and/or regulatory requirements.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The Company follows SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." SFAS No. 121 requires a
review of assets for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When such events or changes
in circumstances indicate an asset may not be recoverable, the Company estimates
the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its
eventual disposition. If the sum of such expected future cash flows
(undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of
the asset, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount by which the asset's
net book value exceeds its fair market value. For purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are required to be grouped at the lowest level for which
there are separately identifiable cash flows.


                                       70












During the third quarter of 1998, the Company recorded write-offs for software
costs included in property, plant and equipment in accordance with SFAS No. 121
of approximately $16,000. These write-offs consisted of the costs associated
with certain in-process software development projects that were canceled during
the quarter and unamortized costs of existing software applications which were
determined by management to have no future service potential or value. It is
management's belief at this time that the current ongoing information technology
initiatives that originated from the previously mentioned projects are necessary
and will be successfully completed and implemented. Such write-offs are included
in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's results of
operations.

In 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, resulting in a pretax charge to
earnings in 1996 for the Company's Coal Operations of $29,948 ($19,466
after-tax), of which $26,312 was included in cost of sales and $3,636 was
included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Assets for which the
impairment loss was recognized consisted of property, plant and equipment,
advance royalties and goodwill. These assets primarily related to mines
scheduled for closure in the near term and idled facilities and related
equipment.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

All derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair
value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company
designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset
or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment ("fair value" hedge), (2) a
hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be
received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability ("cash flow" hedge),
(3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge ("foreign currency" hedge),
or (4) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company does not
enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of "trading" such instruments
and thus has no derivative designation as "held for trading".

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as and that
is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain
on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk
(including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded currently in
earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as
and that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other
comprehensive income, until the forecasted transaction affects earnings. Changes
in the fair value of derivatives that are highly effective as and that are
designated and qualify as foreign currency hedges are recorded either currently
in earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether the hedge
transaction is a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. If, however, a
derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, its
changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in the
cumulative translation adjustments account within equity. Any amounts excluded
from the assessment of hedge effectiveness as well as the ineffective portion of
the gain or loss is reported in earnings immediately.

Management documents the relationships between hedging instruments and hedged
items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking
various hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives that are
designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency hedges to specific
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or
forecasted transactions. Management also assesses, both at the hedge's inception
and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging
transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash
flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly
effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, hedge
accounting is discontinued prospectively, as discussed below.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when and if (1) it is
determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in
the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or
forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or
exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated as a hedge instrument, because it
is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur; (4) because a
hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or
(5) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge
instrument is no longer appropriate.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the
derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative
will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, changes are
reported currently in earnings, and the hedged asset or liability will no longer
be adjusted for changes in fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued
because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the
derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value
and changes are reported currently on earnings, and any asset or liability that
was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment will be removed from
the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss currently in earnings. When
hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted
transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the
balance sheet at its fair value, changes are reported currently on earnings, and
gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be
recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge
accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on
the balance sheet, with changes in its fair value recognized currently in
earnings.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Brink's--Revenues are recognized when services are performed.


                                       71












BHS--Monitoring revenues are recognized when earned and amounts paid in advance
are deferred and recognized as income over the applicable monitoring period,
which is generally one year or less.

BAX Global--Revenues related to transportation services are recognized, together
with related transportation costs, on the date shipments physically depart from
facilities en route to destination locations. Revenues and operating results
determined under existing recognition policies do not materially differ from
those which would result from an allocation of revenue between reporting periods
based on relative transit times in each reporting period with expenses
recognized as incurred.

Coal Operations--Coal sales are generally recognized when coal is loaded onto
transportation vehicles for shipment to customers. For domestic sales, this
generally occurs when coal is loaded onto railcars at mine locations. For export
sales, this generally occurs when coal is loaded onto marine vessels at terminal
facilities.

Mineral Ventures--Gold sales are recognized when products are shipped to a
refinery. Settlement adjustments arising from final determination of weights and
assays are reflected in sales when received.

NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic and diluted net income per share for the Brink's Group and the BAX Group
are computed by dividing net income for each Group by the basic weighted average
common shares outstanding and the diluted weighted average common shares
outstanding, respectively. Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
includes additional shares assuming the exercise of stock options. However, when
the exercise of stock options is antidilutive, they are excluded from the
calculation.

Basic net income per share for the Minerals Group is computed by dividing net
income attributed to common shares (net income less preferred stock dividends)
by the basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per
share for the Minerals Group is computed by dividing net income by the diluted
weighted average common shares outstanding. Diluted weighted average common
shares outstanding includes additional shares assuming the exercise of stock
options and the conversion of the Company's $31.25 Series C Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Convertible Preferred Stock"). However, when
the exercise of stock options or the conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock
is antidilutive, they are excluded from the calculation.

The shares of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock held in the Pittston
Company Employee Benefits Trust ("the Trust" See Note 10) are subject to the
treasury stock method and effectively are not included in the basic and diluted
net income per share calculations.

USE OF ESTIMATES

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management of the
Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting
of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities to prepare these financial statements. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

The Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" in the first
quarter of 1998. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements.
Comprehensive income generally represents all changes in shareholders' equity
except those resulting from investments by or distributions to shareholders.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company implemented AICPA Statement of Position
("SOP") No. 98-1 "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed for
Internal Use." SOP No. 98-1 requires that certain costs related to the
development or purchase of internal-use software be capitalized and amortized
over the estimated useful life of the software. The adoption of SOP No. 98-1 had
no material impact on the Company.

The Company implemented SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," in the financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131 superseded FASB Statement No. 14,
"Financial Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131
requires publicly-held companies to report financial and descriptive information
about operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders for
interim and annual periods. The SFAS also requires additional disclosures with
respect to products and services, geographic areas of operation, and major
customers. The adoption of SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or
financial position, but did affect the disclosure of segment information. See
Note 17.

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 is
effective for all fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999; the Company elected to adopt SFAS No. 133 as of October 1, 1998. SFAS No.
133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments
and hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as
either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments
at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period
currently in earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a
derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending
on the type of hedge transaction. In accordance with the transition provisions
of SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded a net transition adjustment resulting in a
loss of $3,663 (net of related income taxes of


                                       72












$1,961) in accumulated other comprehensive income at October 1, 1998 in order to
recognize at fair value all derivatives that are designated as cash-flow hedging
instruments.

2. DERIVATIVE AND NON-DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND
HEDGING ACTIVITIES

NON-DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Non-derivative financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investments and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and
cash equivalents and short-term investments with high credit quality financial
institutions. Also, by policy, the Company limits the amount of credit exposure
to any one financial institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to
trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising
the Company's customer base, and their dispersion across many different
industries and geographic areas. Credit limits, ongoing credit evaluation and
account-monitoring procedures are utilized to minimize the risk of loss from
nonperformance on trade receivables.

The following details the fair values of non-derivative financial instruments
for which it is practicable to estimate the value:

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
these instruments.

Accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of
these instruments.

Debt

The aggregate fair value of the Company's long-term debt obligations, which is
based upon quoted market prices and rates currently available to the Company for
debt with similar terms and maturities, approximates the carrying amount.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company has activities in a number of foreign countries in Europe, Asia, and
Latin America, which expose it to a variety of market risks, including the
effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, and
commodity prices. These financial exposures are monitored and managed by the
Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program. The
diversity of foreign operations helps to mitigate a portion of the foreign
currency risks associated with market fluctuations in any one country and the
impact on translated results. The Company's risk management program considers
this favorable diversification effect as it measures the Company's exposure to
financial markets and as appropriate, seeks to reduce the potentially adverse
effects that the volatility of certain markets may have on its operating
results.

The Company utilizes various derivative and non-derivative hedging instruments,
as discussed below, to hedge its foreign currency, interest rate, and commodity
exposures. The risk that counterparties to such instruments may be unable to
perform is minimized by limiting the counterparties to major financial
institutions. Management does not expect any losses due to such counterparty
default.

The Company assesses interest rate, foreign currency, and commodity risks by
continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate, foreign
currency and commodity exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash
flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk
management control systems to monitor these risks attributable to both the
Company's outstanding and forecasted transactions as well as offsetting hedge
positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical
techniques to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates, foreign
currency rates and commodity prices on the Company's future cash flows. The
Company does not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

As of October 1, 1998 the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 which establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging
activities, requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets
or liabilities in the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value.
Changes in fair value of derivatives are recorded each period currently in
earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is
designated as part of a hedge transaction and, if it is, depending on the type
of hedge transaction.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 133 (prior to October 1, 1998), gains and
losses on derivative contracts, designated as effective hedges, were deferred
and recognized as part of the transaction hedged. Since they were accounted for
as hedges, the fair value of these contracts were not recognized in the
Company's financial statements. Gains and losses resulting from the early
termination of such contracts were deferred and amortized as an adjustment to
the specific item being hedged over the remaining period originally covered by
the terminated contracts. In addition, if the underlying items being hedged were
retired prior to maturity, the unamortized gain or loss resulting from the early
termination of the related interest rate swap would be included in the gain or
loss on the extinguishment of the obligation.


                                       73












Cash-flow hedges

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company uses variable-rate debt to finance its operations. In particular, it
has variable-rate long-term debt under the $350 million credit facility (the
"Facility" - See Note 7). This debt obligation exposes the Company to
variability in interest expense due to changes in interest rates. If interest
rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates
decrease, interest expense also decreases. Management believes it is prudent to
limit the variability of a portion of its interest expense. The Company attempts
to maintain a reasonable balance between fixed and floating rate debt and uses
interest rate swaps to accomplish this objective. The contracts are entered into
in accordance with guidelines set forth in the Company's hedging policies. The
Company does not use derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

To meet this objective, the Company enters into interest rate swaps to manage
fluctuations in interest expense resulting from interest rate risk. The Company
has entered into interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $60,000.
These swaps change the variable-rate cash flows on a portion of its $100,000
term-loan, which is part of the Facility, to fixed-rate cash flows by entering
into interest rate swaps which involve the exchange of floating interest
payments for fixed interest payments.

Changes in the fair value, to the extent effective, of interest rate swaps
designated as hedging instruments of the variability of cash flows associated
with floating-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income. These amounts are subsequently reclassified into interest
expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the interest on the
floating-rate debt obligations affects earnings. During the year ending December
31, 1999, losses of approximately $460 (pre-tax) related to the interest rate
swaps are expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income into interest expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged debt
obligation.

Of the three swaps outstanding at December 31, 1998, the first fixes the
interest rate at 5.80% on $20,000 in face amount of debt and matures in May
2000, the second and third fix the interest rate at 5.84% and 5.86%,
respectively each on $20,000 in face amount of debt and mature in May 2001.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the
variability in cash flows due to foreign currency risks associated with foreign
operations. These items are denominated in various foreign currencies, including
the Australian dollar. The contracts are entered into in accordance with
guidelines set forth in the Company's hedging policies. The Company does not use
derivative instruments for purposes other than hedging.

Mineral Ventures has a subsidiary which is exposed to currency risk arising from
gold sales denominated in US dollars and local Australian costs denominated in
Australian dollars. Mineral Ventures utilizes foreign currency forward contracts
to hedge the variability in cash flows resulting from these exposures for up to
two years into the future. All other currency contracts outstanding during the
period were immaterial to the results of the Company.

The foreign currency forward contracts' effectiveness is assessed based on the
forward rate of the contract. No material amounts related to hedge
ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings during the period. Changes in the
fair value of Australian dollar foreign currency forward contracts designated
and qualifying as cash flow hedges of forecasted US dollar sales of gold are
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. The gains and losses are
reclassified into earnings, as a component of revenue, in the same period as the
forecasted transaction affects earnings.

During the year ending December 31, 1999, losses of approximately $1,000
(pre-tax) related to Australian dollar foreign currency forward contracts are
expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into
revenue. As of December 31, 1998, the maximum length of time over which the
Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows
associated with foreign currency forecasted transactions is eighteen months.

All other currency contracts outstanding during the period were immaterial to
the results of the Company.

Commodities Risk Management

The Company consumes or sells various commodities in the normal course of its
business and utilizes derivative instruments to minimize the variability in
forecasted cash flows due to adverse price movements in these commodities. The
contracts are entered into in accordance with guidelines set forth in the
Company's hedging policies. The Company does not use derivative instruments for
purposes other than hedging.


                                       74












The Company utilizes forward swap contracts for the purchase of jet fuel to fix
a portion of forecasted jet fuel costs at specific price levels. Under the swap
contracts the Company receives (pays) the difference between the contract rate
and the higher (lower) average market rate over the related contract period. The
Company also periodically utilizes option strategies to hedge a portion of the
remaining forecasted risk associated with changes in the price of jet fuel. The
option contracts, which involve either purchasing call options and
simultaneously selling put options (collar strategy) or purchasing call options,
are designed to provide protection against sharp increases in the price of jet
fuel. For purchased call options the Company pays a premium up front and
receives an amount over the contract period equal to the difference by which the
average market price during the period exceeds the option strike price. For
collar strategies, the premiums on the purchased option and sold option net to
zero. The Company receives an amount equal to the difference by which the
average market price of jet fuel during the period exceeds the call option's
strike price and pays an amount equal to the difference by which the average
market price during the period is below the put option's strike price of jet
fuel. At December 31, 1998, the outstanding notional amount of forward swap
hedge contracts for jet fuel totaled 16.0 million gallons.

The Company utilizes a combination of forward gold sales contracts and currency
contracts to fix in Australian dollars the selling price on a certain portion of
its forecasted gold sales from the Stawell gold mine. At December 31, 1998,
41,000 ounces of gold, representing approximately 20% of the Company's share of
Stawell's proven and probable reserves, were sold forward under forward gold
contracts. The Company also sells call options on gold periodically and receives
a premium which enhances the selling price of unhedged gold sales, the fair
value of which is recognized immediately into earnings as the contracts do not
qualify for special hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133.

The Company utilizes forward swap contracts for diesel fuel to fix a portion of
the Company's forecasted diesel fuel costs at specific price levels. The Company
also periodically utilizes option strategies to hedge a portion of the remaining
risk associated with changes in the price of diesel fuel. The option contracts,
which involve purchasing call options, are designed to provide protection
against sharp increases in the price of diesel fuel. For purchased options, the
Company pays a premium up front and receives an amount over the contract period
equal to the difference by which the average market price of diesel fuel during
the period exceeds the option strike price. At December 31, 1998, the
outstanding notional amount of forward purchase contracts for diesel fuel
totaled approximately 3.2 million gallons.

No material amounts related to hedge ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings
during the period for the jet fuel and diesel fuel swap contracts, the jet fuel
collar strategy option contracts and forward gold contracts. Changes in fair
value related to the difference between changes in the spot and forward gold
contract rates were not material.

Changes in the fair value of the commodity contracts designated and qualifying
as cash flow hedges of forecasted commodity purchases and sales are reported in
accumulated other comprehensive income. For jet fuel and diesel fuel, the gains
and losses are reclassified into earnings, as a component of costs of sales, in
the same period as the commodity purchased affects earnings. For gold contracts,
the gains and losses are reclassified into earnings, as a component of revenue,
in the same period as the gold sale affects earnings. During the year ending
December 31, 1999, losses of approximately $2,100 (pre-tax) and $150 (pre-tax)
related to jet fuel purchase contracts and diesel fuel purchase contracts,
respectively, are expected to be reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income into cost of sales. During the year ending December 31,
1999, losses of approximately $100 (pre-tax) related to gold sales contracts are
expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into
revenue.

As of December 31, 1998, the maximum length of time over which the Company is
hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows associated with jet
fuel and diesel fuel purchases is six months. As of December 31, 1998, the
maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the
variability in future cash flows associated with gold sales is two years.

All other commodity contracts outstanding during the period were immaterial to
the results of the Company.

Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations

The Company holds investments in a number of foreign subsidiaries, and the net
assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to foreign exchange rate volatility.
The Company uses non-derivative financial instruments to hedge this exposure.

Currency exposure related to the net assets of the Brink's subsidiary in France
are managed in part through a foreign currency denominated debt agreement
(seller financing) entered into as part of the acquisition by the Company. Gains
and losses in the net investment in subsidiaries are offset by losses and gains
in the debt obligations.


                                       75












For the year ended December 31, 1998, approximately $2,800 of net losses related
to the foreign currency denominated debt agreements were included in the
cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment in the balance sheet.

All other hedges of net investments in foreign operations during the period were
immaterial to the results of the Company.

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE--TRADE

For each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, the
Company maintained agreements with financial institutions whereby it had the
right to sell certain coal receivables to those institutions. Certain agreements
contained provisions for sales with recourse. In 1998 and 1997, total coal
receivables of $38,373 and $23,844, respectively, were sold under such
agreements. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, receivables sold which remained to
be collected totaled $29,734 and $23,844, respectively.

As a result of changes in certain recourse provisions during 1998, as of
December 31, 1998, these transactions were accounted for as transfers of the
receivables, resulting in the uncollected receivables balances remaining on the
balance sheet with a corresponding short-term obligation of $29,734 recognized.
The fair value of this short-term obligation approximates the carrying value.
During 1997, these transactions were accounted for as sales of receivables,
resulting in the removal of the receivables from the balance sheet.

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, consists of the following:



                                                           As of December 31
                                                           1998         1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Bituminous coal lands                               $   100,968      107,212
Land, other than coal lands                              44,923       37,908
Buildings                                               221,640      159,726
Machinery and equipment                             $ 1,055,602      862,454
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                               $ 1,423,133    1,167,300
===============================================================================


The estimated useful lives for property, plant and equipment are as follows:



                                                                        Years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  
Buildings                                                            10 to 40
Machinery and equipment                                               2 to 30
===============================================================================


Depreciation and depletion of property, plant and equipment aggregated $130,932
in 1998, $106,584 in 1997 and $92,805 in 1996.

Capitalized mine development costs totaled $7,093 in 1998, $9,756 in 1997 and
$8,144 in 1996.

Changes in capitalized subscriber installation costs for home security systems
included in machinery and equipment were as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                   1998        1997        1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Capitalized subscriber installation costs--
    beginning of year                         $ 172,792     134,850     105,336
Capitalized cost of security system
   installations                                 77,460      64,993      57,194
Depreciation, including amounts recognized
   to fully depreciate capitalized costs for
   installations disconnected during the
   year                                         (32,657)    (27,051)    (27,680)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized subscriber installation costs--
   end of year                                $ 217,595     172,792     134,850
===============================================================================



Based on demonstrated retention of customers, beginning in the first quarter of
1997, BHS prospectively adjusted its annual depreciation rate from 10 to 15
years for capitalized subscribers' installation costs. This change more
accurately matches depreciation expense with monthly recurring revenue generated
from customers. This change in accounting estimate reduced depreciation expense
for capitalized installation costs in 1997 for the Brink's Group and the BHS
segment by $8,915. The effect of this change increased net income of the Brink's
Group in 1997 by $5,794 ($0.15 per share of Brink's Stock).

New subscribers were approximately 113,500 in 1998, 105,600 in 1997 and 98,500
in 1996.

As of January 1, 1992, BHS elected to capitalize categories of costs not
previously capitalized for home security system installations. This change in
accounting principle is preferable because it more accurately reflects
subscriber installation costs. The additional costs not previously capitalized
consisted of costs for installation labor and related benefits for supervisory,
installation scheduling, equipment testing and other support personnel (in the
amount of $2,949 in 1998, $2,600 in 1997 and $2,517 in 1996) and costs incurred
for maintaining facilities and vehicles dedicated to the installation process
(in the amount of $3,165 in 1998, $2,343 in 1997 and $2,022 in 1996). The effect
of this change in accounting principle was to increase operating


                                       76












profit of the Brink's Group in 1998, 1997 and 1996 by $6,114, $4,943 and $4,539,
respectively, and net income of the Brink's Group in 1998, 1997 and 1996 by
$3,852, $3,213 and $2,723, respectively, or by $0.10 per basic and diluted share
in 1998, $0.08 per basic and diluted common share in 1997 and $0.07 per basic
and diluted common share in 1996. Prior to January 1, 1992, the records needed
to identify such costs were not available. Thus, it was impossible to accurately
calculate the effect on retained earnings as of January 1, 1992. However, the
Company believes the effect on retained earnings as of January 1, 1992, was
immaterial.

Because capitalized subscriber installation costs for prior periods were not
adjusted for the change in accounting principle, installation costs for
subscribers in those years will continue to be depreciated based on the lesser
amounts capitalized in prior periods. Consequently, depreciation of capitalized
subscriber installation costs in the current year and until such capitalized
costs prior to January 1, 1992 are fully depreciated will be less than if such
prior periods' capitalized costs had been adjusted for the change in accounting.
However, the Company believes the effect on net income in 1998, 1997 and 1996
was immaterial.

5. INTANGIBLES

Intangibles consist entirely of the excess of cost over fair value of net assets
of businesses acquired and are net of accumulated amortization of $118,656 and
$106,174 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The estimated useful life
of intangibles is generally forty years. Amortization of intangibles aggregated
$12,119 in 1998, $10,518 in 1997 and $10,560 in 1996.

In the first quarter of 1998, the Company purchased 62% (representing nearly all
the remaining shares) of its Brink's affiliate in France ("Brink's S.A.") for
payments aggregating US $39,000 over three years and the assumption of estimated
liabilities of US $125,700. Based on an estimate of fair values of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed, the acquisition of the remaining 62% interest
resulted in goodwill of approximately $35,000. See Note 11.

In 1997, the Company acquired the remaining 35% interest in Brink's subsidiary
in the Netherlands ("Nedlloyd") for approximately $2,000 with additional
contingent payments aggregating $1,100 based on certain performance criteria of
Brink's-Nedlloyd, of which approximately $800 was paid in 1998 with the
remainder to be paid in 1999. The original 65% acquisition in the Nedlloyd
partnership resulted in goodwill of approximately $13,200. The acquisition of
the remaining 35% interest resulted in a credit to goodwill of approximately
$6,600 as the remaining interest was purchased for less than the book value.

6. INCOME TAXES

The provision (credit) for income taxes consists of the following:



                                                US
                                           Federal   Foreign     State    Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
1998:
Current                                  $  11,194    20,625     3,500   35,319
Deferred                                     2,088    (8,278)       25   (6,165)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    $  13,282    12,347     3,525   29,154
===============================================================================
1997:
Current                                  $  18,707    14,390     4,349   37,446
Deferred                                    13,506    (3,172)      277   10,611
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    $  32,213    11,218     4,626   48,057
===============================================================================
1996:
Current                                  $   7,721    11,201     4,300   23,222
Deferred                                    22,878    (3,731)      173   19,320
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                    $  30,599     7,470     4,473   42,542
===============================================================================



The significant components of the deferred tax expense (benefit) were as
follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                    1998       1997        1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Deferred tax expense, exclusive
   of the components listed below               $  7,681      6,950      19,171
Net operating loss carryforwards                  (6,651)    (4,345)     (5,065)
Alternative minimum tax credits                   (7,626)     7,613       4,200
Change in the valuation allowance for
   deferred tax assets                               431        393       1,014
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                           $ (6,165)    10,611      19,320
===============================================================================



                                       77












The tax benefit for compensation expense related to the exercise of certain
employee stock options for tax purposes in excess of compensation expense for
financial reporting purposes is recognized as an adjustment to shareholders'
equity.

The components of the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 1998 and
December 31, 1997 were as follows:



                                                               1998        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Accounts receivable                                       $  13,314       6,448
Postretirement benefits other than pensions                 104,322     101,617
Workers' compensation and other claims                       43,033      50,139
Other liabilities and reserves                               76,909      81,084
Miscellaneous                                                 8,288      16,062
Net operating loss carryforwards                             27,664      21,013
Alternative minimum tax credits                              33,153      23,631
Valuation allowance                                         (10,284)     (9,853)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                                   296,399     290,141
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Property, plant and equipment                                66,307      59,787
Pension assets                                               44,077      49,431
Other assets                                                 14,690      15,538
Investments in foreign affiliates                            11,382       9,331
Miscellaneous                                                64,575      74,943
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                              201,031     209,030
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset                                    $  95,368      81,111
===============================================================================


The valuation allowance relates to deferred tax assets in certain foreign and
state jurisdictions.

Based on the Company's historical and expected future taxable earnings,
management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the
benefit of the existing deferred tax asset at December 31, 1998.

The following table accounts for the difference between the actual tax provision
and the amounts obtained by applying the statutory US federal income tax rate of
35% in 1998, 1997 and 1996 to the income before income taxes.



                                                        Years Ended December 31
                                                 1998         1997         1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Income before income taxes:
United States                               $  47,976      110,070      101,463
Foreign                                        47,234       48,185       45,233
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                       $  95,210      158,255      146,696
===============================================================================
Tax provision computed at statutory
   rate                                     $  33,323       55,389       51,344
Increases (reductions) in taxes due to:
Percentage depletion                           (6,869)      (7,407)      (7,644)
State income taxes (net of federal
   tax benefit)                                 1,861        2,614        1,894
Goodwill amortization                           2,369        2,289        2,404
Difference between total taxes on
   foreign income and the US
   federal statutory rate                      (1,084)      (4,642)      (6,384)
Change in the valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets                             431          393        1,014
Miscellaneous                                    (877)        (579)         (86)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actual tax provision                        $  29,154       48,057       42,542
================================================================================



It is the policy of the Company to accrue deferred income taxes on temporary
differences related to the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of
investments in foreign subsidiaries and affiliates which are expected to reverse
in the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 the
unrecognized deferred tax liability for temporary differences of approximately
$61,040 and $29,986, respectively, related to investments in foreign
subsidiaries and affiliates that are essentially permanent in nature and not
expected to reverse in the foreseeable future was approximately $21,364 and
$10,495, respectively.


                                       78












The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated US federal income
tax return.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had $33,153 of alternative minimum tax
credits available to offset future US federal income taxes and, under current
tax law, the carryforward period for such credits is unlimited.

The tax benefit of net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 1998 was
$27,664 and related to various state and foreign taxing jurisdictions. The
expiration periods primarily range from 5 to 15 years.

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

Total long-term debt consists of the following:



                                                              As of December 31
                                                                1998       1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      
Senior obligations:
US dollar term loan due 2001 (year-end
   rate 5.68% in 1998 and 6.24% in 1997)                   $ 100,000    100,000
Revolving credit notes due 2001 (year-end
   rate 5.83% in 1998 and 5.92% in 1997)                      91,600     25,900
5% amortizing French franc seller's
   note maturing in 2001                                      19,646         --
Venezuelan bolivar term loan due 2000
   (year-end rate 50.40% in 1998
   and 26.40% in 1997)                                        18,723     31,072
French franc term notes maturing in 2002
   (year-end average rate 5.38% in 1998)                      12,523         --
Netherlands guilder term loan due 2000 (year-
   end rate 3.95% in 1998 and 4.29% in 1997)                  11,166     10,700
Singapore dollar term loan due 2003
   (year-end rate 3.31% in 1998)                              10,897         --
All other                                                     27,755     18,859
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             292,310    186,531
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Obligations under capital leases (average rate
   9.14% in 1998 and 10.43% in 1997)                          30,998      5,281
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt, less current maturities                323,308    191,812

Current maturities of long-term debt:
   Senior obligations                                         27,123      8,617
   Obligations under capital leases                            9,386      2,682
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current maturities of long-term debt                    36,509     11,299
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt inclu$ing current maturities          $ 359,817    203,111
===============================================================================



For the four years through December 31, 2003, minimum repayments of long-term
debt outstanding are as follows:


                            
            2000          $  60,943
            2001            219,324
            2002             12,159
            2003             15,134


The Company has a $350,000 credit agreement with a syndicate of banks (the
"Facility"). The Facility includes a $100,000 term loan and permits additional
borrowings, repayments and reborrowings of up to an aggregate of $250,000. The
maturity date of both the term loan and the revolving credit portion of the
Facility is May 2001. Interest on borrowings under the Facility is payable at
rates based on prime, certificate of deposit, Eurodollar or money market rates
plus applicable margin. A term loan of $100,000 was outstanding at December 31,
1998 and 1997. Additional borrowings of $91,600 and $25,900 were outstanding at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively under the revolving credit portion of
the Facility. The Company pays commitment fees (.125% per annum at December 31,
1998) on the unused portions of the Facility.

Under the terms of the Facility, the Company has agreed to maintain at least
$400,000 of Consolidated Net Worth, as defined, and can incur additional
indebtedness of approximately $398,000 at December 31, 1998.

The Company has three interest rate swap agreements that effectively convert a
portion of the interest on its $100,000 variable rate term loan to fixed rates
(See Note 2).

In 1998, the Company purchased 62% (representing substantially all the remaining
shares) of its Brink's affiliate in France. As part of the acquisition, the
Company assumed a note to the seller denominated in French francs of
approximately the equivalent of US $27,500 payable in annual installments plus
interest through 2001. In addition, the Company assumed previously existing debt
approximating US $49,000, which included borrowings of US $19,000 and capital
leases of US $30,000. At December 31, 1998, the long-term portion of the note to
the seller was the equivalent of US $19,646 and bore a fixed interest rate of
5.00%. The equivalent of US $ 9,823 is payable in 1999 and included in current
maturities. At December 31, 1998, the long-term portion of borrowings and
capital leases of Brink's affiliate in France were the equivalent of US $ 12,523
and US $23,709, respectively. The equivalent of US $4,349 and US $5,805,
respectively, are payable in 1999 and included in current maturities. At
December 31, 1998, the average interest rates for the borrowings and capital
leases were 5.38% and 4.90%, respectively.


                                       79












In 1998, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a major US bank
related to BAX Global's Singapore operating unit to finance warehouse
facilities. The credit agreement has a revolving period extending through April
1999 at which time amounts outstanding will be converted to a term loan maturing
in April 2003. The amount available for borrowing will not exceed the lesser of
Singapore $32,500 and US $50,000. At December 31, 1998, the amount outstanding
in Singapore dollars was the equivalent of US $10,897 which bore an interest
rate of 3.31% and was included in the noncurrent portion of long-term debt.
Interest on the borrowings under the agreement is payable at rates based on
Alternate Base Rate, LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rate) US$ Rate, SIBOR
(Singapore Inter-Bank Offered Rate) US$ Rate and Adjusted SIBOR-S$ plus the
applicable margin.

In 1997, the Company entered into a borrowing agreement in connection with its
acquisition of Cleton. In April 1998, the Company refinanced the 1997
acquisition borrowings with a term credit facility denominated in Netherlands
guilders and maturing in April 2000. The amount outstanding under the facility
at December 31, 1998, was the Netherlands guilders equivalent of US $11,166 and
bore an interest rate of 3.95%. Interest on borrowings under the agreement is
payable at rates based on AIBOR (Amsterdam Inter-Bank Offered Rate) plus the
applicable margin.

In 1997, the Company entered into a borrowing arrangement with a syndicate of
local Venezuelan banks in connection with the acquisition of Custodia y Traslado
de Valores, C.A. ("Custravalca"). The borrowings consisted of a long-term loan
denominated in Venezuelan bolivars equivalent to US $40,000 and a $10,000
short-term loan denominated in US dollars which was repaid during 1997. The
long-term loan bears interest based on the Venezuelan prime rate and is payable
in installments through the year 2000. At December 31, 1998, the long-term
portion of the Venezuelan debt was the equivalent of US $18,723. The equivalent
of US $8,470 is payable in 1999 and is included in current maturities of
long-term debt.

Various international subsidiaries maintain lines of credit and overdraft
facilities aggregating approximately $111,000 with a number of banks on either a
secured or unsecured basis. At December 31, 1998, $58,549 was outstanding under
such agreements and was included in short-term borrowings. Average interest
rates on the lines of credit and overdraft facilities at December 31, 1998
approximated 12.0%. Commitment fees paid on the lines of credit and overdraft
facilities are not significant.

At December 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding unsecured letters of credit
totaling $86,301 primarily supporting the Company's obligations under its
various self-insurance programs and aircraft lease obligations.

The Company maintains agreements with financial institutions under which it
sells certain coal receivables to those institutions. Some of these agreements
contained provisions for sales with recourse. As of December 31, 1998, these
transactions were accounted for as secured financings, resulting in the
recognition of short-term obligations of $29,734. The fair value of these
short-term obligations approximated the carrying value and bore an interest rate
of 5.72%.

8. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation between the calculations of basic and diluted
net income per share:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
BRINK'S GROUP                                          1998      1997      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
NUMERATOR:
Net income - Basic and diluted net
   income per share numerator                      $ 79,104    73,622    59,695

DENOMINATOR:
Basic weighted average common
   shares outstanding                                38,713    38,273    38,200
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Stock options                                        442       518       482
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common
   shares outstanding                                39,155    38,791    38,682
===============================================================================



Options to purchase 356, 19 and 23 shares of Brink's Stock, at prices between
$37.06 and $39.56 per share, $37.06 and $38.16 per share, and $28.63 and $29.50
per share, were outstanding during 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, but were
not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the
options' exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common
shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.



                                                        Years Ended December 31
BAX GROUP                                              1998      1997      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
NUMERATOR:
Net income (loss)-Basic and diluted net
   income (loss) per share numerator              $ (13,091)   32,343     3,801

DENOMINATOR:
Basic weighted average common
   shares outstanding                                19,333    19,448    19,223
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Stock options                                         --       545       458
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common
   shares outstanding                                19,333    19,993    19,681
===============================================================================



Options to purchase 2,588 shares of BAX Stock, at prices between $7.85 and
$27.91 per share, were outstanding during


                                       80












1998 but were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share
because the effect of all options would be antidilutive.

Options to purchase 7 and 30 shares of BAX Stock at $27.91 per share and at
prices between $20.19 and $21.13 per share, were outstanding in 1997 and 1996,
respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net income per
share because the options' exercise price was greater than the average market
price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.



                                                        Years Ended December 31
MINERALS GROUP                                         1998      1997      1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
NUMERATOR:
Net income                                         $     43     4,228    10,658
Convertible Preferred Stock
   dividends, net                                    (3,524)   (3,481)   (1,675)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic net income (loss) per share numerator          (3,481)      747     8,983
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Convertible Preferred Stock
   dividends, net                                        --        --     1,675
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted net income (loss) per
  share numerator                                  $ (3,481)      747    10,658

DENOMINATOR:
Basic weighted average common
   shares outstanding                                 8,324     8,076     7,897
Effect of dilutive securities:
   Convertible Preferred Stock                           --        --     1,945
   Stock options                                         --        26        42
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average common
  shares outstanding                                  8,324     8,102     9,884
===============================================================================



Options to purchase 789 shares of Minerals Stock, at prices between $2.50 and
$25.74 per share, were outstanding during 1998 but were not included in the
computation of diluted net loss per share because the effect of all options
would be antidilutive.

Options to purchase 446 and 300 shares of Minerals Stock, at prices between
$12.18 and $25.74 and $13.43 and $25.74 per share, were outstanding during 1997
and 1996, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net
income per share because the options' exercise price was greater than the
average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be
antidilutive.

The conversion of preferred stock to 1,764 and 1,785 shares of Minerals Stock
has been excluded in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share in
1998 and 1997, respectively, because the effect of the assumed conversion would
be antidilutive.

9. STOCK OPTIONS

The Company has various stock-based compensation plans as described below.

Stock Option Plans

The Company grants options under its 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "1988 Plan") to
executives and key employees and under its Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option
Plan (the "Non-Employee Plan") to outside directors, to purchase common stock at
a price not less than 100% of quoted market value at the date of grant. The 1988
Plan options can be granted with a maximum term of ten years and can vest within
six months from the date of grant. The majority of grants made in 1998, 1997 and
1996 have a maximum term of six years and vest 100% at the end of the third
year. The Non-Employee Plan options can be granted with a maximum term of ten
years and can vest within six months from the date of grant. The majority of
grants made in 1998, 1997 and 1996 have a maximum term of six years and vest
ratably over the first three years. The total number of shares underlying
options authorized for grant, but not yet granted, under the 1988 Plan is 2,228,
2,517 and 789 in Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock, respectively.
Under the Non-Employee Plan, the total number of shares underlying options
authorized for grant, but not yet granted, in Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and
Minerals Stock is 144, 100 and 47, respectively.

The Company's 1979 Stock Option Plan (the "1979 Plan") and the 1985 Stock Option
Plan (the "1985 Plan") terminated in 1985 and 1988, respectively.

As part of the Brink's Stock Proposal (described in the Company's Proxy
Statement dated December 31, 1995 resulting in the modification of the capital
structure of the Company to include an additional class of common stock), the
1988 and Non-Employee Plans were amended to permit option grants to be made to
optionees with respect to Brink's Stock or BAX Stock, in addition to Minerals
Stock. At the time of the approval of the Brink's Stock Proposal, a total of
2,383 shares of Services Stock were subject to options outstanding under the
1988 Plan, the Non-Employee Plan, the 1979 Plan and the 1985 Plan. Pursuant to
antidilution provisions in the option agreements covering such


                                       81












plans, the Company converted these options into options for shares of Brink's
Stock or BAX Stock, or both, depending on the employment status and
responsibilities of the particular optionee. In the case of optionees having
Company-wide responsibilities, each outstanding Services Stock option was
converted into options for both Brink's Stock and BAX Stock. In the case of
other optionees, each outstanding option was converted into a new option only
for Brink's Stock or BAX Stock, as the case may be. As a result, upon approval
of the Brink's Stock Proposal, 1,750 shares of Brink's Stock and 1,989 shares of
BAX Stock were subject to options.

The table below summarizes the activity in all plans from December 31, 1995 to
December 31, 1998.



                                                                      Aggregate
                                                                       Exercise
                                                            Shares        Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
SERVICES GROUP COMMON STOCK OPTIONS:
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                             2,399     $ 50,528
Exercised                                                      (15)        (206)
Converted in Brink's Stock Proposal                         (2,384)     (50,322)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                                --     $     --
===============================================================================

BRINK'S GROUP COMMON STOCK OPTIONS
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                                --     $     --
Converted in Brink's Stock Proposal                          1,750       26,865
Granted                                                        369        9,527
Exercised                                                     (166)      (1,800)
Forfeited or expired                                           (37)        (734)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                             1,916      $33,858
Granted                                                        428       13,618
Exercised                                                     (190)      (2,296)
Forfeited or expired                                          (104)      (2,497)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997                             2,050     $ 42,683
Granted                                                        365       13,748
Exercised                                                     (439)      (6,230)
Forfeited or expired                                           (35)        (985)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998                             1,941     $ 49,216
===============================================================================

BAX GROUP COMMON STOCK OPTIONS:
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                                --     $     --
Converted in Brink's Stock Proposal                          1,989       23,474
Granted                                                        440        7,972
Exercised                                                     (318)      (2,905)
Forfeited or expired                                           (64)        (952)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                             2,047     $ 27,589
Granted                                                        526       12,693
Exercised                                                     (246)      (2,389)
Forfeited or expired                                           (71)      (1,223)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997                             2,256     $ 36,670
Granted                                                        334        4,683
Exercised                                                     (236)      (1,868)
Forfeited or expired                                          (166)      (3,393)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998                             2,188     $ 36,092
===============================================================================

                                                                      Aggregate
                                                                       Exercise
                                                            Shares        Price
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
MINERALS GROUP COMMON STOCK OPTIONS:
Outstanding at December 31, 1995                               598     $  9,359
Granted                                                          4           47
Exercised                                                       (3)         (45)
Forfeited or expired                                           (16)        (229)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996                               583     $  9,132
Granted                                                        138        1,746
Exercised                                                       (2)         (22)
Forfeited or expired                                           (67)        (921)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997                               652     $  9,935
Granted                                                        138          721
Exercised                                                        0            0
Forfeited or expired                                          (128)      (1,668)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1998                               662     $  8,988
===============================================================================



Options exercisable at the end of 1998, 1997 and 1996, on an equivalent basis,
for Brink's Stock were 922, 905 and 1,099, respectively; for BAX Stock were
1,081, 827 and 1,034, respectively; and for Minerals Stock were 491, 253 and
292, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of
December 31, 1998.



                                              Stock Options        Stock Options
                                                Outstanding          Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Weighted
                                         Average
                                       Remaining   Weighted             Weighted
                                     Contractual    Average              Average
Range of                                    Life   Exercise             Exercise
Exercise Prices                Shares    (Years)      Price     Shares     Price
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
BRINK'S STOCK
$ 9.82 to 13.79                   189      1.66      $10.68        189    $10.68
 16.77 to 21.34                   711      2.06       19.38        711     19.38
 25.57 to 31.94                   686      4.06       28.94        192      9.74
 37.06 to 39.56                   355      5.68       38.22          3     39.56
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                           1,941                              922
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BAX STOCK
$ 7.85 to 11.70                   374      2.79      $ 9.28        266    $ 9.58
 13.41 to 16.32                   851      2.74       14.78        728     14.72
 17.06 to 21.13                   534      3.46       18.07        831      7.29
 23.88 to 27.91                   429      4.38       24.25          4     27.91
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                           2,188                            1,081
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINERALS STOCK
$ 2.50 to  6.53                   101      5.76      $ 4.23         31    $ 4.20
  9.50 to 11.88                   243      2.91       10.24        216     10.32
 12.69 to 16.63                   148      3.66       13.29        741      3.88
 18.63 to 25.74                   170      1.71       24.18        170     24.18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                             662                              491
================================================================================


EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


                                       82













Under the 1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan"), the Company is
authorized to issue up to 750 shares of Brink's Stock, 375 shares of BAX Stock
and 250 shares of Minerals Stock, to its employees who have six months of
service and who complete minimum annual work requirements. Under the terms of
the Plan, employees may elect each six-month period (beginning January 1 and
July 1), to have up to 10 percent of their annual earnings withheld to purchase
the Company's stock. Employees may purchase shares of any or all of the three
classes of Company common stocks. The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the
lower of its beginning-of-the-period or end-of-the-period market price. Under
the Plan, the Company sold 41, 43 and 45 shares of Brink's Stock; 48, 29 and 32
shares of BAX Stock; and 118, 46 and 30 shares of Minerals Stock, to employees
during 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The share amounts for Brink's Stock
and BAX Stock include the restatement for the Services Stock conversion under
the Brink's Stock Proposal.

In January 1999, the maximum number of Minerals shares had been issued pursuant
to the Plan. At a meeting held subsequent to year-end, the Company's Board of
Directors adopted an amendment to increase the maximum number of shares of
common stock which may be issued pursuant to the Plan to 750 shares of Brink's
Stock, 375 shares of BAX Stock and 650 shares of Minerals Stock. This amendment
to the Plan is subject to shareholder approval on May 7, 1999.

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANS

The Company has adopted the disclosure - only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", but applies APB Opinion No. 25 and
related interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no
compensation cost has been recognized in the accompanying financial statements.
Had compensation costs for the Company's plans been determined based on the fair
value of awards at the grant dates, consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's
net income and net income per share would approximate the pro forma amounts
indicated below:



                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTED TO COMMON SHARES
The Company
  As Reported                                    $ 62,532    106,717    102,479
  Pro Forma                                        57,550    101,746     99,628
Brink's Group
  As Reported                                      79,104     73,622     59,695
  Pro Forma                                        76,251     71,240     58,389
BAX Group
  As Reported                                     (13,091)    32,348     33,801
  Pro Forma                                       (15,017)    30,170     32,528
Minerals Group
  As Reported                                      (3,481)       747      8,983
  Pro Forma                                        (3,684)       336      8,711
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                     1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
Brink's Group
  Basic, As Reported                               $ 2.04       1.92       1.56
  Basic, Pro Forma                                   1.97       1.86       1.53
  Diluted, As Reported                               2.02       1.90       1.54
  Diluted, Pro Forma                                 1.95       1.84       1.51
BAX Group
  Basic, As Reported                                (0.68)      1.66       1.76
  Basic, Pro Forma                                  (0.78)      1.55       1.69
  Diluted, As Reported                              (0.68)      1.62       1.72
  Diluted, Pro Forma                                (0.78)      1.51       1.65
Minerals Group 
  Basic, As Reported                                (0.42)      0.09       1.14
  Basic, Pro Forma                                  (0.44)      0.04       1.10
  Diluted, As Reported                              (0.42)      0.09       1.08
  Diluted, Pro Forma                                (0.44)      0.04       1.05
================================================================================


Note: The pro forma disclosures shown may not be representative of the effects
on reported net income in future years.

The fair value of each stock option grant used to compute pro forma net income
and net income per share disclosures is estimated at the time of the grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The weighted-average assumptions used in the model are as follows:



                                                       1998      1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
Expected dividend yield:
  Brink's Stock                                        0.3%      0.3%       0.4%
  BAX Stock                                            1.7%      1.0%       1.2%
  Minerals Stock                                       1.8%      5.4%       4.8%
Expected volatility:
  Brink's Stock                                         31%       32%        30%
  BAX Stock                                             50%       29%        32%
  Minerals Stock                                        45%       43%        37%
Risk-Free interest rate: 
  Brink's Stock                                        5.3%      6.2%       6.3%
  BAX Stock                                            5.3%      6.2%       6.3%
  Minerals Stock                                       5.3%      6.2%       6.1%
Expected term (in years):
  Brink's Stock                                        5.1       4.9        4.7
  BAX Stock                                            5.1       4.8        4.7
  Minerals Stock                                       5.1       4.2        3.7
================================================================================



Using these assumptions in the Black-Scholes model, the weighted-average fair
value of options granted during 1998, 1997 and 1996 for the Brink's Stock is
$4,593, $5,155 and $3,341, for the BAX Stock is $1,928, $4,182 and $2,679 and
for the Minerals Stock is $250, $487 and $10, respectively.

Under SFAS No. 123, compensation cost is also recognized for the fair value of
employee stock purchase rights. Because the Company settles its employee stock
purchase rights under the Plan at the end of each six-month offering period, the
fair value


                                       83












of these purchase rights was calculated using actual market
settlement data. The weighted-average fair value of the stock purchase rights
granted in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $205, $455 and $365 for Brink's Stock, $93,
$222 and $138 for BAX Stock, and $58, $247 and $95 for Minerals Stock,
respectively.

10. CAPITAL STOCK

Effective May 4, 1998, the designation of Pittston Burlington Group Common Stock
and the name of Pittston Burlington Group were changed to Pittston BAX Group
Common Stock and Pittston BAX Group, respectively. All rights and privileges of
the holders of such Stock are otherwise unaffected by such changes.

The Company, at any time, has the right to exchange each outstanding share of
BAX Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's Stock is then
outstanding, Minerals Stock) having a fair market value equal to 115% of the
fair market value of one share of BAX Stock. In addition, upon the disposition
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the BAX Group to any
person (with certain exceptions), the Company is required to exchange each
outstanding share of BAX Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's
Stock is then outstanding, Minerals Stock) having a fair market value equal to
115% of the fair market value of one share of BAX Stock.

The Company, at any time, has the right to exchange each outstanding share of
Minerals Stock, for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no Brink's Stock is then
outstanding, BAX Stock) having a fair market value equal to 115% of the fair
market value of one share of Minerals Stock. In addition, upon the disposition
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Minerals Group
to any person (with certain exceptions), the Company is required to exchange
each outstanding share of Minerals Stock for shares of Brink's Stock (or, if no
Brink's Stock is then outstanding, BAX Stock) having a fair market value equal
to 115% of the fair market value of one share of Minerals Stock. If any shares
of the Company's Preferred Stock are converted after an exchange of Minerals
Stock for Brink's Stock (or BAX Stock), the holder of such Preferred Stock
would, upon conversion, receive shares of Brink's Stock (or BAX Stock) in lieu
of shares of Minerals Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

Holders of Brink's Stock at all times have one vote per share. Holders of BAX
Stock and Minerals Stock have .739 and .244 vote per share, respectively,
subject to adjustment on January 1, 2000, and on January 1 every two years
thereafter in such a manner so that each class' share of the aggregate voting
power at such time will be equal to that class' share of the aggregate market
capitalization of the Company's common stock at such time. Accordingly, on each
adjustment date, each share of BAX Stock and Minerals Stock may have more than,
less than or continue to have the number of votes per share as they have.
Holders of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock vote together as a single
voting group on all matters as to which all common shareholders are entitled to
vote. In addition, as prescribed by Virginia law, certain amendments to the
Articles of Incorporation affecting, among other things, the designation,
rights, preferences or limitations of one class of common stock, or certain
mergers or statutory share exchanges, must be approved by the holders of such
class of common stock, voting as a group, and, in certain circumstances, may
also have to be approved by the holders of the other classes of common stock,
voting as separate voting groups.

In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the
holders of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock, effective January 1,
1999, share on a per share basis an aggregate amount equal to 54%, 28% and 18%,
respectively, of the funds, if any, remaining for distribution to the common
shareholders. In the case of Minerals Stock, such percentage has been set, using
a nominal number of shares of Minerals Stock of 4,203 (the "Nominal Shares") in
excess of the actual number of shares of Minerals Stock outstanding. These
liquidation percentages are subject to adjustment in proportion to the relative
change in the total number of shares of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals
Stock, as the case may be, then outstanding to the total number of shares of all
other classes of common stock then outstanding (which totals, in the case of
Minerals Stock, shall include the Nominal Shares).

The Company has authority to issue up to 2,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $10 per share. In January 1994, the Company issued $80,500 or 161 shares
of its $31.25 Series C Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Convertible
Preferred Stock"). The Convertible Preferred Stock pays an annual cumulative
dividend of $31.25 per share payable quarterly, in cash, in arrears, out of all
funds of the Company legally available; therefore, when, as and if declared by
the Board, and bears a liquidation preference of $500 per share, plus an amount
equal to accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. Each share of the Convertible
Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless
previously redeemed or, under certain circumstances, called for redemption, into
shares of Minerals Stock at a conversion price of $32.175 per share of Minerals
Stock, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The Company may at its
option, redeem the Convertible Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, for cash at
a price of $515.625 per share, effective February 1, 1999, and thereafter at
prices declining ratably annually on each February 1 to an amount equal to
$500.00 per share on and after February 1, 2004, plus in each case an amount
equal to accrued and unpaid dividends on the date of redemption. Except under
certain circumstances or as prescribed by Virginia law, shares of the
Convertible Preferred Stock are nonvoting. Other than the Convertible Preferred
Stock, no shares of preferred stock are presently issued or outstanding.

In November 1998, under the Company's common share repurchase program, the
Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") authorized the purchase, from time to
time, of up to


                                       84












1,000 shares of Brink's Stock, up to 1,500 shares of BAX Stock and up to 1,000
shares of Minerals Stock, not to exceed an aggregate purchase cost of $25,000.
Such shares are to be purchased from time to time in the open market or in
private transactions, as conditions warrant. In May 1997, the Board authorized
additional authority which allows for the purchase, from time to time, of the
Convertible Preferred Stock, not to exceed an aggregate purchase cost of
$25,000.

Under the share repurchase program, the Company purchased shares in the periods
presented as follows:



                                                        Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                                 1998        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      
Brink's Stock:
Shares                                                          150         166
Cost                                                       $  5,617       4,349

BAX Stock:
Shares                                                        1,047         332
Cost                                                       $ 12,674       7,405

Convertible Preferred Stock:
Shares                                                          0.4         1.5
Cost                                                       $    146         617
Excess carrying amount (a)                                 $     23         108
===============================================================================


(a) The excess of the carrying amount of the Convertible Preferred Stock over
the cash paid to holders for repurchases made during the years is deducted from
preferred dividends in the Company's Statement of Operations.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had remaining authority to purchase over
time 1,000 shares of Pittston Minerals Group Common Stock; 1,000 shares of
Pittston Brink's Common Stock; 1,465 shares of Pittston BAX Group Common Stock
and an additional $24,236 of its Convertible Preferred Stock. The remaining
aggregate purchase cost limitation for all common stock was $24,698 at December
31, 1998. The authority to acquire shares remains in effect in 1999.

In 1998, 1997 and 1996, dividends paid on the Convertible Preferred Stock
amounted to $3,547, $3,589, and $3,795, respectively. During 1998 and 1997, the
Board declared and the Company paid dividends of $3,874 and $3,755 on Brink's
Stock, $4,642 and $4,805 on BAX Stock, and $1,969 and $5,176 on Minerals Stock,
respectively.

Under a Shareholder Rights Plan adopted by the Board in 1987 and as amended,
rights to purchase a new Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock (the
"Series A Preferred Stock") of the Company were distributed as a dividend at the
rate of one right for each share of the Company's common stock. Each Brink's
Right, if and when it becomes exercisable, will entitle the holder to purchase
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of
$26.67, subject to adjustment. Each BAX Right, if and when it becomes
exercisable, will entitle the holder to purchase one-thousandth of a share of
Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $26.67, subject to adjustment.
Each Minerals Right, if and when it becomes exercisable, will entitle the holder
to purchase one-thousandth of a share of Series B Participating Cumulative
Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred Stock") at a purchase price of $40,
subject to adjustment.

Each fractional share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
will be entitled to participate in dividends and to vote on an equivalent basis
with one whole share of Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock,
respectively. Each right will not be exercisable until after a third party
acquires 15% or more of the total voting rights of all outstanding Brink's
Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock or on such date as may be designated by the
Board after commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer by a third party
for 15% or more of the total voting rights of all outstanding Brink's Stock, BAX
Stock and Minerals Stock.

If after the rights become exercisable, the Company is acquired in a merger or
other business combination, each right will entitle the holder to purchase, for
the purchase price, common stock of the surviving or acquiring company having a
market value of twice the purchase price. In the event a third party acquires
15% or more of all outstanding Brink's Stock, BAX Stock and Minerals Stock, the
rights will entitle each holder to purchase, at the purchase price, that number
of fractional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock equivalent to the number of shares of common stock
which at the time of the triggering event would have a market value of twice the
purchase price. As an alternative to the purchase described in the previous
sentence, the Board may elect to exchange the rights for other forms of
consideration, including that number of shares of common stock obtained by
dividing the purchase price by the market price of the common stock at the time
of the exchange or for cash equal to the purchase price. The rights may be
redeemed by the Company at a price of $0.01 per right and expire on September
25, 2007.

The Company's Articles of Incorporation limits dividends on Minerals Stock to
the lesser of (i) all funds of the Company legally available therefore (as
prescribed by Virginia law) and (ii) the Available Minerals Dividend Amount (as
defined in the Articles of Incorporation). The Available Minerals Dividend
Amount may be reduced by activity that reduces shareholder's equity or the fair
value of net assets of the Minerals Group. Such activity includes net losses by
the Minerals Group, dividends paid on the Minerals Stock and the Convertible
Preferred Stock, repurchases of Minerals Stock and the Convertible Preferred
Stock, and foreign currency translation losses. At December 31, 1998, the
Available Minerals Dividend Amount was at least $8,123. See Note 22.


                                       85













In December 1992, the Company formed The Pittston Company Employee Benefits
Trust (the "Trust") to hold shares of its common stock (initially 4,000 shares)
to fund obligations under certain employee benefit programs not including stock
option plans. The trust first began funding obligations under the Company's
various stock option plans in September 1995. In November 1998, the Company sold
for a promissory note of the Trust, 1,500 new shares of BAX Stock and 800 new
shares of Minerals Stock at a price equal to the closing value of each stock,
respectively, on the date prior to issuance. As of December 31, 1998, 2,076
shares of Brink's Stock (2,734 in 1997), 1,858 shares of BAX Stock (868 in 1997)
and 766 shares of Minerals Stock (232 in 1997) remained in the Trust, valued at
market. These shares will be voted by the trustee in the same proportion as
those voted by the Company's employees participating in the Company's Savings
Investment Plan. The fair market value of the shares is included in each issue
of common stock and capital in excess of par.

11. ACQUISITIONS

All acquisitions discussed below have been accounted for as purchases.
Accordingly, the costs of the acquisitions were allocated to the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values. The results of
operations of the businesses acquired have been included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements of the Company from their respective dates of
acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over fair value of the net assets
acquired is included in goodwill. Some purchase agreements provide for
contingent payments based on specified criteria. Any such future payments are
capitalized as goodwill when paid. Unless otherwise indicated, goodwill is
amortized on a straight-line basis over forty years.

In the first quarter of 1998, the Company purchased 62% (representing
substantially all of the remaining shares) of its Brink's affiliate in France
("Brink's S.A.") for payments aggregating US $39,000, including interest, over
three years. In addition, estimated liabilities assumed approximated US
$125,700. The acquisition was funded primarily through a note to the seller (See
Note 7.) The fair value of assets acquired approximated US $127,000 (including
US $9,200 in cash). Based on an estimate of fair values of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, the acquisition resulted in goodwill of approximately US
$35,000. Brink's S.A. had annual revenues of approximately US $220,000 in 1997.
If this acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1997, the pro forma impact on the
Company's net income or net income per share would not have been material.

On April 30, 1998, the Company acquired the privately held Air Transport
International LLC ("ATI") for approximately $29,000. The acquisition was funded
through the revolving credit portion of the Company's bank credit agreement.
Based on a preliminary evaluation of the fair value of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, which is subject to additional review, the acquisition
resulted in goodwill of approximately $1,600. If this acquisition had occurred
on either January 1, 1997 or 1998, the pro forma impact on the Company's
revenues, net income or net income per share in 1997 and 1998 would not have
been material.

In addition, during 1998, the Company acquired additional interests in its
Brink's subsidiaries in Bolivia and Colombia and purchased the remaining 50%
interest in its Brink's affiliate in Germany. A 10% interest in its Brink's Hong
Kong subsidiary was sold in 1998 for an amount approximating book value. If
these acquisitions and disposition had occurred on either January 1, 1997 or
1998, the pro forma impact on the Company's revenues, net income or net income
per share in 1997 and 1998 would not have been material.

In the first quarter of 1997, the Company increased its ownership position in
its Brink's Venezuelan affiliate, Custodia y Traslado de Valores, C.A.
("Custralvalca"), from 15% to 61%. The acquisition was financed through a
syndicate of local Venezuelan banks (See Note 7.) In conjunction with this
transaction, Brink's acquired an additional 31% interest in Brink's Peru S.A.
bringing its total interest to 36%. If these acquisitions had occurred on
January 1, 1996, the pro forma impact on the Company's revenues, net income or
net income per share in 1996 would not have been material.

In June 1997, the Company acquired Cleton & Co. ("Cleton"), a leading logistics
provider in the Netherlands, for the equivalent of US $10,700 in cash and the
assumption of the equivalent of US $10,000 of debt. Based on an estimate of fair
values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the acquisition resulted in
initial goodwill of approximately US $3,800. Additional contingent payments of
approximately US $1,500 and US $1,600 were made in 1997 and 1998, respectively,
increasing total goodwill associated with this acquisition to US $6,900. An
additional contingent payment may be made in 1999, based on certain performance
requirements of Cleton.

In addition, throughout 1997, the Company acquired additional interests in
several subsidiaries and affiliates. Remaining interests were acquired in the
Netherlands, Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Africa while ownership positions were
increased in Bolivia and Chile. If these acquisitions had occurred on January 1,
1996 or 1997, the pro forma impact on the Company's revenues, net income or net
income per share in 1996 and 1997 would not have been material.

There were no material acquisitions in 1996.

                                       86













12. COAL JOINT VENTURE

The Company, through a wholly owned indirect subsidiary, has a partnership
agreement, Dominion Terminal Associates ("DTA"), with three other coal companies
to operate coal port facilities in Newport News, Virginia, in the Port of
Hampton Roads (the "Facilities"). The Facilities, in which the Company's wholly
owned indirect subsidiary has a 32.5% interest, have an annual throughput
capacity of 22 million tons, with a ground storage capacity of approximately 2
million tons. The Facilities are financed by a series of coal terminal revenue
refunding bonds issued by the Peninsula Ports Authority of Virginia (the
"Authority"), a political subdivision of the Commonwealth of Virginia, in the
aggregate principal amount of $132,800, of which $43,160 are attributable to the
Company. These bonds bear a fixed interest rate of 7.375%. The Authority owns
the Facilities and leases them to DTA for the life of the bonds, which mature on
June 1, 2020. DTA may purchase the Facilities for one dollar at the end of the
lease term. The obligations of the partners are several, and not joint.

Under loan agreements with the Authority, DTA is obligated to make payments
sufficient to provide for the timely payment of the principal and interest on
the bonds. Under a throughput and handling agreement, the Company has agreed to
make payments to DTA that in the aggregate will provide DTA with sufficient
funds to make the payments due under the loan agreements and to pay the
Company's share of the operating costs of the Facilities. The Company has also
unconditionally guaranteed the payment of the principal of and premium, if any,
and the interest on the bonds. Payments for operating costs aggregated $3,168 in
1998, $4,691 in 1997 and $5,208 in 1996. The Company has the right to use 32.5%
of the throughput and storage capacity of the Facilities subject to user rights
of third parties which pay the Company a fee. The Company pays throughput and
storage charges based on actual usage at per ton rates determined by DTA.

13. LEASES

The Company and its subsidiaries lease aircraft, facilities, vehicles, computers
and coal mining and other equipment under long-term operating and capital leases
with varying terms. Most of the operating leases contain renewal and/or purchase
options.

As of December 31, 1998, aggregate future minimum lease payments under
noncancellable operating leases were as follows:



                                                    Equipment
                        Aircraft    Facilities      & Other          Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        
1999                    $ 39,888        53,278         33,680       126,846
2000                      32,731        42,005         26,610       101,346
2001                      28,645        34,083         17,357        80,085
2002                      12,698        29,826         11,541        54,065
2003                       3,720        24,772          6,231        34,723
2004                           -        22,037          1,077        23,114
2005                           -        18,471            908        19,379
2006                           -        16,977            817        17,794
Later Years                    -        97,409          1,780        99,189
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                  $117,6823       338,858        100,001       556,541
================================================================================



These amounts are net of aggregate future minimum noncancellable sublease
rentals of $3,064.

Net rent expense amounted to $126,300 in 1998, $109,976 in 1997 and $111,562 in
1996.

The Company incurred capital lease obligations of $13,307 in 1998, $4,874 in
1997 and $3,185 in 1996. In addition, in conjunction with the 1998 acquisition
of the Brink's affiliate in France (see Note 11), capital lease obligations of
US $30,000 were assumed.

Minimum future lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 1998, for
each of the next five years and in the aggregate are:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          
1999                                                                     $12,271
2000                                                                       9,943
2001                                                                       6,792
2002                                                                       3,931
2003                                                                       3,015
Subsequent to 2003                                                         8,987
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total minimum lease payments                                              44,939
Less: Executory costs                                                         38
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net minimum lease payments                                                44,901
Less: Amount representing interest                                         4,517
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present value of net minimum lease payment                                40,384
================================================================================


                                       87













Interest rates on capitalized leases vary from 5.7% to 23.5% and are imputed
based on the lower of the Company's incremental borrowing rate at the inception
of each lease or the lessor's implicit rate of return.

There were no non-cancellable subleases and no contingent rental payments in
1998 or 1997.

The Company is in the process of negotiating certain facilities leasing
agreements with terms of ten years. Aggregate future minimum lease payments
under these agreements are expected to approximate $43,000.

At December 31, 1998, the Company had contractual commitments with a third party
to provide aircraft usage and services to the Company. The fixed and
determinable portion of the obligations under these agreements aggregate
approximately $153,240 and expire from 1999 to 2003 as follows:


                                  
                    1999             $42,720   
                    2000              42,720   
                    2001              37,680   
                    2002              27,240   
                    2003               2,880   

                                               
Spending undeng any r these agreements, includivariable component, was $60,846
in 1998, $39,204 in 1997 and $18,740 in 1996.

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company and its subsidiaries maintain several noncontributory defined
benefit pension plans covering substantially all nonunion employees who meet
certain minimum requirements, in addition to sponsoring certain other defined
benefit plans. Benefits under most of the plans are based on salary (including
commissions, bonuses, overtime and premium pay) and years of service. The
Company's policy is to fund the actuarially determined amounts necessary to
provide assets sufficient to meet the benefits to be paid to plan participants
in accordance with applicable regulations.


The net pension expense for 1998, 1997 and 1996 for all plans is as follows:




                                                      Years Ended December 31
                                                      1998     1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
Service cost-benefits earned
  during year                                     $ 19,932   15,283    14,753

Interest cost on projected benefit
  obligation                                        30,181   26,978    23,719

Return on assets-expected                          (45,115) (40,894)  (37,648)
Other amortization, net                              2,156      564     1,741
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension expense                                $ 7,154    1,931     2,565
================================================================================

The assumptions used in determining the net pension expense for the Company's
primary pension plan were as follows:

                                                      1998     1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation          7.5%     8.0%      7.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets           10.0%    10.0%     10.0%
Rate of increase in compensation levels                4.0%     4.0%      4.0%
================================================================================



Reconciliations of the projected benefit obligation, plan assets, funded status
and prepaid pension expense at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:



                                                     Years Ended December 31
                                                          1998          1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Projected benefit obligat$on at beginning of year     $402,252       339,260
Service cost-benefits earned during the year            19,932        15,283
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation           30,181        26,978
Plan participants' contributions                         1,070           800
Acquisitions                                             8,128             -
Benefits paid                                          (18,485)      (16,619)
Actuarial loss                                          54,520        40,734
Foreign currency exchange rate changes                     468        (4,184)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Projected benefit obligat$on at end of year           $498,066       402,252
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fair value of plan assets$at beginning of year        $511,245       450,430
Return on assets - actual                               69,803        81,195
Acquisitions                                             1,440             -
Plan participants' contributions                         1,070           800
Employer contributions                                   1,744         1,075
Benefits paid                                          (18,485)      (16,619)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes                    (645)       (5,636)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets$at end of year              $566,172       511,245
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Funded status                                          $68,106       108,993
Unamortized initial net asset                             (756)       (1,450)
Unrecognized experience loss                            38,061        10,548
Unrecognized prior service cost                          1,383         1,209
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension assets                                    $106,794       119,300
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current pension liabilities                              6,078         3,838
Noncurrent pension liabilities                           6,628             -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred pension assets per balance sheet              119,500       123,138
================================================================================


                                       88













For the valuation of the Company's primary pension obligations and the
calculation of the funded status, the discount rate was 7.0% in 1998 and 7.5% in
1997. The expected long-term rate of return on assets was 10% in both years. The
rate of increase in compensation levels used was 4% in 1998 and 1997.

The unrecognized initial net asset at January 1, 1986 (January 1, 1989 for
certain foreign pension plans), the date of adoption of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 87, has been amortized over the estimated remaining
average service life of the employees.

Under the 1990 collective bargaining agreement with the United Mine Workers of
America ("UMWA"), the Company agreed to make payments at specified contribution
rates for the benefit of the UMWA employees. The trustees of the UMWA pension
fund contested the agreement and brought action against the Company. While the
case was in litigation, Minerals Group's benefit payments were made into an
escrow account for the benefit of union employees. During 1996, the case was
settled and the escrow funds were released (Note 18). As a result of the
settlement, the Coal subsidiaries agreed to continue their participation in the
UMWA 1974 pension plan at defined contribution rates. Under this plan, expense
recognized in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $574, $1,128 and $1,204, respectively.

Expense recognized in 1998, 1997 and 1996 for other multi-employer plans was
$765, $640 and $843, respectively.

The Company and its subsidiaries also provide certain postretirement health care
and life insurance benefits for eligible active and retired employees in the
United States and Canada.

For the years 1998, 1997 and 1996, the components of periodic expense for these
postretirement benefits were as follows:



                                                      Years Ended December 31
                                                      1998     1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
Service cost--benefits earned during the year      $ 1,167    1,610     2,069
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation                               22,412   22,112    20,213
Amortization of losses                               2,929    1,389     1,128
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total expense                                     $ 26,508   25,111    23,410
================================================================================



The actuarially determined and recorded liabilities for the following
postretirement benefits have not been funded.


Reconciliations of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, funded
status and accrued postretirement benefit cost at December 31, 1998 and 1997
are as follows:



                                                     Years Ended December 31
                                                          1998          1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at beginning of year                   $ 313,921       287,522

Service cost-benefits earned during the year             1,167         1,610
   Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation                                   22,412        22,112

Benefits paid                                          (18,463)      (18,927)
Actuarial loss                                          17,855        21,614
Foreign currency exchange rate changes                     (61)          (10)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year                         $ 336,831       313,921
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year-retirees                $ 282,687       255,190

Accumulated postretirement benefit
   obligation at end of year-active participants        54,144        58,731
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total accumulated postretirement benefits
   obligation at end of year                         $ 336,831       313,921
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status                                        $(336,831)     (313,921)
Unrecognized experience loss                            78,173        63,247
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost at
   end of year                                       $(258,658)     (250,674)
================================================================================



The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the unit
credit method and an assumed discount rate of 7.0% in 1998 and 7.5% in 1997. The
assumed health care cost trend rate used in 1998 was 6.62% for pre-65 retirees,
grading down to 5% in the year 2001. For post-65 retirees, the assumed trend
rate in 1998 was 5.95%, grading down to 5% in the year 2001. The assumed
Medicare cost trend rate used in 1998 was 5.73%, grading down to 5% in the year
2001.

A percentage point increase each year in the assumed health care cost trend rate
used would have resulted in an increase of approximately $3,300 in the aggregate
service and interest components of expense for the year 1998, and an increase of
approximately $37,900 in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at
December 31, 1998.

                                       89













A percentage point decrease each year in the assumed health care cost trend rate
would have resulted in a decrease of approximately $3,100 in the aggregate
service and interest components of expense for the year 1998 and a decrease of
approximately $35,700 in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at
December 31, 1998.

The Company also sponsors a Savings-Investment Plan to assist eligible employees
in providing for retirement or other future financial needs. Employee
contributions are matched at rates of 50% to 125% up to 5% of compensation
(subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended). Contribution expense under the plan aggregated $7,745 in 1998, $7,362
in 1997 and $6,875 in 1996.

The Company sponsors other defined contribution benefit plans based on hours
worked, tons produced or other measurable factors. Contributions under all of
these plans aggregated $986 in 1998, $206 in 1997 and $643 in 1996.

In October 1992, the Coal Industry Retiree Health Benefit Act of 1992 (the
"Health Benefit Act") was enacted as part of the Energy Policy Act of 1992. The
Health Benefit Act established rules for the payment of future health care
benefits for thousands of retired union mine workers and their dependents. The
Health Benefit Act established a trust fund to which the Company and certain of
its subsidiaries (the "Pittston Companies") are jointly and severally liable for
annual premiums for assigned beneficiaries, together with a pro rata share or
certain beneficiaries who never worked for such employers ("unassigned
beneficiaries"), in amounts determined on the basis set forth in the Health
Benefit Act. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, these amounts, on a pretax basis, were
approximately $9,600, $9,300 and $10,400, respectively. The Company currently
estimates that the annual liability under the Health Benefit Act for the
Pittston Companies' assigned beneficiaries will continue at approximately
$10,000 per year for the next several years and should begin to decline
thereafter as the number of such assigned beneficiaries decreases. As a result
of legal developments in 1998 involving the Health Benefit Act, the Company
experienced an increase in its assessments under the Health Benefit Act for the
twelve month period beginning October 1, 1998, approximating $1,700, $1,100 of
which relates to retroactive assessments for years prior to 1998. This increase
consists of charges for death benefits which are provided for by the Health
Benefit Act, but which previously have been covered by other funding sources. As
with all the Company's Health Benefit Act assessments, this amount is to be paid
in 12 equal monthly installments over the plan year beginning October 1, 1998.
The Company is unable to determine at this time whether any other additional
amounts will apply in future plan years.


Based on the number of beneficiaries actually assigned by the Social Security
Administration, the Company estimates the aggregate pretax liability relating to
the Pittston Companies' remaining beneficiaries at approximately $216,000, which
when discounted at 7.0% provides a present value estimate of approximately
$99,000. The Company accounts for its obligations under the Health Benefit Act
as a participant in a multi-employer plan and the annual cost is recognized on a
pay-as-you-go basis.

In addition, under the Health Benefit Act, the Pittston Companies are jointly
and severally liable for certain post-retirement health benefits for thousands
of retired union mine workers and their dependents. Substantially all of the
Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1998
for retirees of $282,687 relates to such retired workers and their
beneficiaries.

The ultimate obligation that will be incurred by the Company could be
significantly affected by, among other things, increased medical costs,
decreased number of beneficiaries, governmental funding arrangements and such
federal health benefit legislation of general application as may be enacted. In
addition, the Health Benefit Act requires the Pittston Companies to fund, pro
rata according to the total number of assigned beneficiaries, a portion of the
health benefits for unassigned beneficiaries. At this time, the funding for such
health benefits is being provided from another source and for this and other
reasons the Pittston Companies' ultimate obligation for the unassigned
beneficiaries cannot be determined.

15. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER (CREDITS) CHARGES, INCLUDING
LITIGATION ACCRUAL

Refer to Note 18 for a discussion of the benefit of the reversal of a litigation
accrual related to the Evergreen case of $35,650 in 1996.

At December 31, 1998, Pittston Coal had a liability of $25,213 for various
restructuring costs which was recorded as restructuring and other charges in the
Statement of Operations in years prior to 1995. Although coal production has
ceased at the mines remaining in the accrual, Pittston Coal will incur
reclamation and environmental costs for several years to bring these properties
into compliance with federal and state environmental laws. However, management
believes that the reserve, as adjusted at December 31, 1998 should be sufficient
to provide for these future costs. Management does not anticipate material
additional future charges to operating earnings for these facilities, although
continual cash funding will be required over the next several years.

                                       90













The initiation, in 1996, of a state tax credit for coal produced in Virginia,
along with favorable labor negotiations and improved metallurgical market
conditions for medium volatile coal, led management to continue operating an
underground mine and a related coal preparation and loading facility previously
included in the restructuring reserve. As a result of these decisions, Pittston
Coal reversed $11,649 of the reserve in 1996. The 1996 reversal included $4,778
related to estimated mine and plant closures, primarily reclamation, and $6,871
in employee severance and other benefit costs. As a result of favorable workers'
compensation claim development, Pittston Coal reversed $1,479 and $3,104 in 1998
and 1997, respectively.

The following table analyzes the changes in liabilities during the last three
years for facility closure costs recorded as restructuring and other charges:




                                                        Employee
                                          Mine      Termination,
                              Leased       and           Medical
                           Machinery     Plant               and
                                 and   Closure         Severance
(In thousands)             Equipment     Costs             Costs        Total
================================================================================
                                                              
Balance December 31, 1995   $  1,218    28,983            36,077       66,278
Reversals                          -     4,778             6,871       11,649
Payments (a)                     842     5,499             3,921       10,262
Other reductions (b)               -     6,267                 -        6,267
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1996        376    12,439            25,285       38,100
Reversals                          -         -             3,104        3,104
Payments (c)                     376     1,764             2,010        4,150
Other                              -       468              (468)           -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1997   $      -    11,143            19,703       30,846
Reversals                          -         -             1,479        1,479
Payments (d)                       -     1,238             1,917        3,155
Other reductions (b)               -       999                 -          999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance December 31, 1998  $       -     8,906            16,307       25,213
================================================================================


(a) Of the total payments made in 1996, $5,119 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $485 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $4,658 was
for liabilities recorded in 1994.

(b) These amounts represent the assumption of liabilities by third parties as a
result of sales transactions.

(c) Of the total payments made in 1997, $3,053 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $125 was for liabilities recorded in 1993 and $972 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

(d) Of the total payments made in 1998, $2,491 was for liabilities recorded in
years prior to 1993, $10 was for payments recorded in 1993 and $654 was for
liabilities recorded in 1994.

During the next twelve months, expected cash funding of these charges will be
approximately $3,000 to $5,000. The liability for mine and plant closure costs
is expected to be satisfied over the next eight years, of which approximately
34% is expected to be paid over the next two years. The liability for workers'
compensation is estimated to be 42% settled over the next four years with the
balance paid during the following five to eight years.

16. OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Other operating income generally includes royalty income, gains on sales of
assets and foreign exchange transactions gains and losses. Other operating
income also includes the Company's share of net income of unconsolidated
affiliated companies carried on the equity method of $1,602, $539 and $2,103 for
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Summarized financial information presented includes the accounts of the
following equity affiliates (a):



                                                                       Ownership
                                                            At December 31, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          
Servicio Pan Americano De Protection, S.A. (Mexico)                          20%
Brink's Panama, S.A.                                                         49%
Brink's Peru, S.A.                                                           36%
Security Services (Brink's  Jordan), W.L.L.                                  45%
Brink's-Allied Limited (Ireland)                                             50%
Brink's Arya India Private Limited                                           40%
Brink's Pakistan (Pvt.) Limited                                              49%
Brink's (Thailand) Ltd.                                                      40%
BAX International Forwarding Ltd.(Taiwan)                                  33.3%
Mining Project Investors Limited (Australia) (b)                           51.5%
MPI Gold (USA) (b)                                                         51.5%
================================================================================






                                      1998                1997              1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
Revenues                         $ 415,216             638,624           728,815
Gross profit                        56,471              97,976            78,900
Net income (loss)                     (204)              4,427            11,160
Current assets                      82,771             131,160           209,089
Noncurrent assets                  113,162              15,531           217,445
Current liabilities                 76,990             153,247           192,679
Noncurrent liabilities              43,138              84,170           117,952
Net equity                          75,810             109,274           115,903
================================================================================


(a) Also includes amounts related to equity affiliates who were either sold
prior to December 31, 1998, became consolidated affiliates through increased
ownership prior to December 31, 1998 (most notably Brink's S.A. France and
Brink's Schenker Germany) or converted to cost investment. All amounts for such
affiliates are presented pro-rata, where applicable.

(b) 45% ownership on a fully diluted basis.

Undistributed earnings of such companies included in consolidated retained
earnings approximated $14,600 at December 31, 1998.

                                       91














17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company implemented SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," in the financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998. SFAS No. 131 superseded SFAS No. 14, "Financial
Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". SFAS No. 131 requires
publicly-held companies to report financial and descriptive information about
operating segments in financial statements issued to shareholders for interim
and annual periods.

The SFAS also requires additional disclosures with respect to products and
services, geographic areas of operation and major customers. The adoption of
SFAS No. 131 did not affect results of operations or financial position, but did
affect the disclosure of segment information.

The Company has five reportable segments: Brink's, BHS, BAX Global, Pittston
Coal and Mineral Ventures. Management has determined these reportable segments
based on how resources are allocated and how operational decisions are made. The
Company's reportable segments are business units that offer different types of
products and services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources
based on operating profit or loss excluding corporate allocations.

Brink's is a worldwide security transportation and services company and BHS
installs and monitors residential security systems in the United States and
Canada. BAX Global provides global expedited freight transportation services.
BAX Global also provides global non-expedited freight services including supply
chain management services. Pittston Coal produces and markets low sulphur steam
coal used for the generation of electricity. It also mines and markets high
quality metallurgical coal for steel production worldwide. Mineral Ventures is a
gold production and exploration company which has interests in a gold mine in
Australia and explores for gold and base metals in Australia and Nevada.

Operating segment information is as follows:



                                                 Years Ended December 31
                                                 1998          1997         1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    
NET SALES AND OPERATING REVENUES:
BAX Global                                 $1,776,980     1,662,388    1,484,869
Brink's                                     1,247,681       921,851      754,011
BHS                                           203,586       179,583      155,802
Pittston Coal                                 503,302       612,907      677,393
Mineral Ventures                               15,333        17,719       19,120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated net sales and
 operating revenues (a)                    $3,746,882     3,394,398   33,091,195
================================================================================
OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS)
BAX Global (b)                             $     (628)       63,264       64,604
Brink's (c)                                    98,420        81,591       56,823
BHS (d)                                        53,032        52,844       44,872
Pittston Coal (e)                               3,207        12,217       20,034
Mineral Ventures (f)                           (1,031)       (2,070)       1,619
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Segment operating profit                      153,000       207,846      187,952
General Corporate expense                     (27,857)      (19,718)     (21,445)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated operating profit              $  125,143       188,116      166,507
================================================================================


(a) Includes US revenues of $2,256,955, $2,246,575 and $2,128,573 in 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively.

(b) The 1998 amounts include additional expenses of approximately $36,000
related to the termination or rescoping of certain information technology
projects (approximately $16,000), increased provisions on existing accounts
receivable (approximately $13,000) and approximately $7,000 primarily related to
severance expenses associated with BAX Global's redesign of its organizational
structure. 1997 amounts include $12,500 of consulting expenses related to the
redesign of BAX Global's business processes and information systems
architecture.

(c) Includes equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates of $1,235 in
1998, $1,471 in 1997 and $1,941 in 1996.

(d) As of January 1, 1992, BHS elected to capitalize categories of costs not
previously capitalized for home security installations to more accurately
reflect subscriber installation costs. The effect of this change in accounting
principle was to increase operating profit by $6,114 in 1998, $4,943 in 1997 and
$4,539 in 1996 (Note 4). BHS changed its annual depreciation rate in 1997
resulting in a reduction of depreciation expense for capitalized installation
costs of $8,915 (Note 4).

(e) Operating profit includes a benefit from restructuring and other credits,
including litigation accrual aggregating $1,479, $3,104 and $47,299 in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively (Note 15). Operating profit in 1996 also includes a
charge of $29,948 related to the adoption of FAS 121 (Note 1).

(f) Includes equity in net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates of $438 in
1998, ($671) in 1997 and $302 in 1996.


                                       92















                                                      Years Ended December 31
                                                      1998     1997      1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
BAX Global                                         $76,115   31,307    59,470
Brink's                                             74,716   49,132    34,072
BHS                                                 81,420   70,927    61,522
Pittston Coal                                       21,221   22,285    18,881
Mineral Ventures                                     4,282    4,544     3,714
General Corporate                                      583      613     5,950
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidatedcapital expenditures                  $258,337  78,808   183,609
================================================================================
DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION:
BAX Global                                        $ 35,287   29,667    23,254
Brink's                                             45,742   30,758    24,293
BHS                                                 36,630   30,344    30,115
Pittston Coal                                       33,275   35,351    34,632
Mineral Ventures                                     2,735    1,968     1,856
General Corporate                                      684      663       468
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated depreciation, depletion
   and amortization                               $154,353  128,751    114,618
================================================================================


                                                      As of December 31
                                                    1998       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
ASSETS:
BAX Global                                      $ 765,185   690,144    617,784
Brink's (a)                                       679,718   441,138    340,922
BHS                                               230,357   193,027    149,992
Pittston Coal                                     528,468   549,576    594,772
Mineral Ventures (b)                               18,733    20,432     22,826
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                            $2,222,461 1,894,317  1,726,296
General Corporate (primarily cash,
  investments, advances and deferred
  pension assets)                                 108,671   101,627    106,307
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated assets (c)                        $2,331,137 1,995,944  1,832,603
================================================================================


(a) Includes investments in unconsolidated equity affiliates of $14,994, $27,241
and $26,497 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(b) Includes investments in unconsolidated equity affiliates of $5,034, $6,349
and $8,408 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

(c) Includes long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment) located in the US
of $509,349, $476,991 and $433,955 as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

18. LITIGATION

In April 1990, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to resolve
certain environmental claims against the Company arising from hydrocarbon
contamination at a petroleum terminal facility ("Tankport") in Jersey City, New
Jersey, which operations were sold in 1983. Under the settlement agreement, the
Company is obligated to pay 80% of the remediation costs. Based on data
available to the Company and its environmental consultants, the Company
estimates its portion of the cleanup costs on an undiscounted basis using
existing technologies to be between $6,600 and $11,200 and to be incurred over a
period of up to five years. Management is unable to determine that any amount
within that range is a better estimate due to a variety of uncertainties, which
include the extent of the contamination at the site, the permitted technologies
for remediation and the regulatory standards by which the clean-up will be
conducted. The estimate of costs and the timing of payments could change as a
result of changes to the remediation plan required, changes in the technology
available to treat the site, unforeseen circumstances existing at the site and
additional cost inflation.

The Company commenced insurance coverage litigation in 1990, in the United
States District Court for the District of New Jersey, seeking a declaratory
judgment that all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to the Tankport
obligation were reimbursable under comprehensive general liability and pollution
liability policies maintained by the Company. In August 1995, the District Court
ruled on various Motions for Summary Judgement. In its decision, the Court found
favorably for the Company on several matters relating to the comprehensive
general liability policies but concluded that the pollution liability policies
did not contain pollution coverage for the types of claims associated with the
Tankport site. On appeal, the Third Circuit reversed the District Court and held
that the insurers could not deny coverage for the reasons stated by the District
Court, and the case was remanded to the District Court for trial. In the latter
part of 1998, the Company concluded a settlement with its comprehensive general
liability insurer and has settlements with three other groups of insurers. If
these settlements are consummated, only one group of insurers will be remaining
in this coverage action. In the event the parties are unable to settle the
dispute with this group of insurers, the case is scheduled to be tried in June
1999. Management and its outside legal counsel continue to believe that recovery
of a substantial portion of the cleanup costs will

                                       93












ultimately be probable of realization. Accordingly, based on estimates of
potential liability, probable realization of insurance recoveries, related
developments of New Jersey law, and the Third Circuit's decision, it is the
Company's belief that the ultimate amount that it would be liable for related to
the remediation of the Tankport site will not significantly adversely impact the
Company's results of operations or financial position.

In 1988, the trustees of the 1950 Benefit Trust Fund and the 1974 Pension
Benefit Trust Funds (the "Trust Funds") established under collective bargaining
agreements with the UMWA brought an action (the "Evergreen Case") against the
Company and a number of its coal subsidiaries claiming that the defendants are
obligated to contribute to such Trust Funds in accordance with the provisions of
the 1988 and subsequent National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements, to which
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a signatory. In 1993, the
Company recognized in its consolidated financial statements the potential
liability that might have resulted from an ultimate adverse judgment in the
Evergreen Case (Notes 14 and 15).

In late March 1996, a settlement was reached in the Evergreen Case. Under the
terms of the settlement, the coal subsidiaries which had been signatories to
earlier National Bituminous Coal Wage Agreements agreed to make various lump sum
payments in full satisfaction of all amounts allegedly due to the Trust Funds
through January 31, 1996, to be paid over time as follows: approximately $25,800
upon dismissal of the Evergreen Case and the remainder of $24,000 in
installments of $7,000 in 1996 and $8,500 in each of 1997 and 1998. The first
payment was entirely funded through an escrow account previously established by
the Company. The second, third and fourth (last) payments were paid according to
schedule and were funded from cash provided by operating activities. In
addition, the coal subsidiaries agreed to future participation in the UMWA 1974
Pension Plan.

As a result of the settlement of the Evergreen Case at an amount lower than
those previously accrued, the Company recorded a pretax gain of $35,650 ($23,173
after-tax) in the first quarter of 1996 in its consolidated financial
statements.

19. COMMITMENTS

At December 31, 1998, the Company had contractual commitments for third parties
to contract mine or provide coal to the Company. Based on the contract
provisions these commitments are currently estimated to aggregate approximately
$202,033 and expire from 1999 through 2005 as follows:

                            1999          $ 60,563  
                            2000            38,186  
                            2001            38,036  
                            2002            38,036  
                            2003            13,814  
                            2004             7,656  
                            2005             5,742  
                             

Spending under the contracts was $72,086 in 1998, $91,119 in 1997 and $99,161 in
1996.

20. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, cash payments for income
taxes, net of refunds received, were $27,745, $30,677 and $26,412, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, cash payments for interest
were $38,126, $26,808 and $14,659, respectively.

In connection with the June 1997 acquisition of Cleton & Co. ("Cleton"), the
Company assumed the equivalent of US $10,000 of Cleton debt, of which the
equivalent of approximately US $6,000 was outstanding at December 31, 1997.

During 1998, the Company recorded the following noncash investing and financing
activities in connection with the acquisition of substantially all of the
remaining shares of its Brink's affiliate in France: seller financing of the
equivalent of US $27,500 and the assumption of borrowings of approximately US
$19,000 and capital leases of approximately US $30,000.

21. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Tabulated below are certain data for each quarter of 1998 and 1997. The first
three quarters of 1997 net income per share amounts have been restated to comply
with SFAS No. 128,

                                       94












"Earnings Per Share." Third quarter 1997 amounts have been reclassified to
include $3,948 of revenues and transportation expenses from Cleton, which was
acquired in June 1997.



                                          1st       2nd       3rd       4th
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              
1998 QUARTERS:

Net sales and operating
   revenues                               $862,664   927,104   968,932   988,182
Gross profit                               122,729   135,146   149,278   150,398
Net income (a),(b)                          12,828    20,762       211    32,255

Net income per Brink's Group
   common share:

Basic                                     $    .44      .53        .52       .55
Diluted                                        .44      .52        .51       .55

Net income (loss) per BAX Group
   common share:

Basic (a)                                 $   (.15)     .05      (1.13)      .56
Diluted                                       (.15)     .05      (1.13)      .56

Net income (loss) per Minerals Group
   common share:

Basic (b)                                 $   (.26)    (.20)       .14      (.10)
Diluted                                       (.26)    (.20)       .14      (.10)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 QUARTERS:

Net sales and operating
   revenues                              $ 781,676  826,154    874,449   912,119
Gross profit                               109,445  118,884    143,136   143,567
Net income (b) (c)                          21,341   14,663     36,337    37,857

Net income per Brink's Group
   common share:

Basic                                    $     .40      .46        .51       .55
Diluted                                        .40      .46        .50       .54

Net income (loss) per BAX Group
   common share:

Basic (c)                                $     .26     (.10)       .82       .68
Diluted                                        .26     (.10)       .80       .66

Net income (loss) per Minerals Group
    common share:

Basic (b)                                $     .01     (.26)       .02       .32
Diluted                                        .01     (.26)       .02       .32
================================================================================


(a) The third quarter of 1998 includes additional expenses of approximately
$36,000 ($22,680 after-tax; $1.17 per share) related to the termination or
rescoping of certain information technology projects (approximately $16,000
pre-tax), increased provisions on existing accounts receivable (approximately
$13,000 pre-tax), and approximately $7,000 (pre-tax) primarily related to
severance expenses associated with BAX Global's redesign of its organizational
structure.

(b) The fourth quarters of 1998 and 1997 include the reversal of excess
restructuring liabilities of $1,479 ($961 after-tax; $0.11 per share) and $3,104
($2,108 after-tax; $0.25 per share), respectively.

(c) The second quarter of 1997 includes $12,500 pre-tax ($7,900 after-tax; $0.40
per share) of consulting expenses related to the redesign of BAX Global's
business processes and new information systems architecture.

22. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Effective March 15, 1999, under the Company's preferred share purchase program,
the Company purchased 84 shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock at $250 per
share for a total cost approximating $21,000. The excess of the carrying amount
over the cash paid for the repurchase was approximately $19,000. In addition, on
March 12, 1999, the Board authorized an increase in the remaining authority to
repurchase Convertible Preferred Stock by $4,300.

As discussed in Note 10, the Available Minerals Dividend is impacted by activity
that affects shareholders' equity or the fair value of the net assets of the
Minerals Group. The purchase amount noted above reduces the Available Minerals
Dividend Amount as currently calculated. Accordingly, the purchase of the
Convertible Preferred Stock plus recent financial performance of the Minerals
Group is expected to significantly reduce or eliminate the ability to pay
dividends on the Minerals Group Common Stock.

                                       95
















                                  Common Stock

===============================================================================
                                      Market Price           Declared
                                    High        Low         Dividends
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1998

                                                      
 BRINK'S GROUP
 1st Quarter                   $  42.88       37.25            $ .025
 2nd Quarter                      41.44       35.56              .025
 3rd Quarter                      39.13       31.31              .025
 4th Quarter                      37.13       28.00              .025

 BAX GROUP (a)
 1st Quarter                   $  25.88       15.00            $  .06
 2nd Quarter                      19.13       14.75               .06
 3rd Quarter                      15.69        6.44               .06
 4th Quarter                      11.25        5.31               .06

 MINERALS GROUP (b)
 1st Quarter                    $  9.75        7.63            $.1625
 2nd Quarter                       8.88        4.81              .025
 3rd Quarter                       5.75        2.75              .025
 4th Quarter                       3.50        1.94              .025
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1997

 BRINK'S GROUP
 1st Quarter                   $  29.75       25.25            $ .025
 2nd Quarter                      32.88       25.38              .025
 3rd Quarter                      41.94       29.63              .025
 4th Quarter                      42.13       33.44              .025

 BAX GROUP (a)
 1st Quarter                   $  21.13       18.50            $  .06
 2nd Quarter                      29.00       20.50               .06
 3rd Quarter                      30.81       23.25               .06
 4th Quarter                      31.00       24.31               .06

 MINERALS GROUP (b)
 1st Quarter                   $  16.88       12.88            $.1625
 2nd Quarter                      14.63       11.00             .1625
 3rd Quarter                      12.25       10.06             .1625
 4th Quarter                      11.38        6.63             .1625
==============================================================================


(a) Effective May 4, 1998, the designation of Pittston Burlington Group Common
Stock and the name of the Pittston Burlington Group were changed to Pittston BAX
Group Common Stock and Pittston BAX Group, respectively. All rights and
privileges of the holders of such Stock are otherwise unaffected by such
changes. The stock continues to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol "PZX".

(b) Dividends on Minerals Stock are limited by the Available Minerals Dividend
Amount. See Notes 10 and 22 and Management's Discussion and Analysis.

During 1998 and 1997, Pittston Brink's Group Common Stock ("Brink's Stock"),
Pittston BAX Group Common Stock ("BAX Stock") and Pittston Minerals Group Common
Stock ("Minerals Stock") traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker
symbols "PZB", "PZX", and "PZM", respectively.

As of March 2, 1999, there were approximately 4,800 shareholders of record of
Brink's Stock, approximately 4,300 shareholders of record of BAX Stock and
approximately 3,900 shareholders of record of Minerals Stock.

                                    96